(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

LYCOMING COLLEGE 




CHOICES 

As a small, closely-knit liberal arts 
college, Lycoming College is dedicated to 
helping each student realize his or her unique 
potential. 

To this end, Lycoming College offers over 
550 different courses in 32 areas of study 
leading to three different undergraduate 
degrees. 

The opportunity to do independent study, 
study aboard, or create one's own inter- 
disciplinary major significantly increases the 
number of choices available to students. 

These choices not only apply to the 
College's academic program but to its strong 
extra-curricular program as well. Opportuni- 
ties to develop leadership skills abound in the 
43 different campus organizations. Athletic 
talent can find an outlet in a strong program 
of 17 different varsity sports and 10 
intramural programs. 

The opportunity to develop all of one's 
talents and abilities is an important part of 
the undergraduate experience from the 
moment a student makes his first choice — to 
attend Lycoming. 



THE MISSION 

1 he mission of Lycoming College is to 
provide a distinguished baccalaureate 
education in the liberal arts. This is achieved 
within a coeducational, supportive, residen- 
tial setting through programs that develop 
communication and critical thinking skills; 
foster self-awareness while increasing 
receptivity to new concepts and perspectives; 
explore literary and scientific traditions; 
cultivate an aesthetic sensibility; elicit social 
responsibility; promote racial inclusiveness, 
gender equality, and an appreciation of 
cultural diversity; and produce leadership for 
the institutions of society. Each student is 
encouraged to develop and strengthen virtues 
and traits of character that enable, ennoble, 
and emancipate the human spirit while 
deepening commitment to those values that 
undergird civilization. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CONTENTS 



Contents 



Academic Calendar, 1992-1993 2 



Welcome to Lycoming 4 



The Campus 7 



Student Services 10 



Admission 13 




Financial Matters 17 



The Academic Program 27 



The Curriculum 56 



Directory 164 



Administrative Staff/Faculty 166 



The Alumni Association 181 



Index 183 



The general regulations and policies stated in this 
catalog are in effect for the 1992-1993 academic year. 
Students beginning their first term at Lycoming College 
in the fall of 1992 or the spring of 1993 are thereafter 
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. Require- 
ments governing a student's major are those in effect at 
the time a major is formally declared and officially 
accepted by the major department. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of the 
catalog to either general requirements or major require- 
ments, students may be permitted the option of following 
their original program or a subsequent catalog version, 
but the College always reserves the right to determine 
which requirements apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education without a 
leave of absence, the catalog requirements in effect at the 
time of readmission will apply. Students on an approved 
leave of absence retain the same requirements they had 
when they entered, if their leaves do not extend beyond 
one year. 

Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or 
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog 
without prior notice to those who may be affected by 
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be 
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant 
and/or the student and Lycoming College. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

1992 - 1993 





Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Bills are due 


August 14 


December 18 


Orientation of new faculty 


August 27 




Residence halls open for freshmen 


August 28 at 8 a.m. 


January 10 at Noon 


Residence halls open for upperclassmen 


August 30 at 8 a.m. 


January 10 at Noon 


Faculty available for advising 


August 26 




Classes begin first period 


August 31 


January 11 


Processing of drop/add begins 


August 31 


January 11 


Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 


September 4 


January 15 


Last day for drop/add 


September 4 


January 15 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


September 4 


January 15 


Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms 


October 2 




Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
grades were recorded in fall semester 




February 19 


Mid-semester deficiency reports due 
in Registrar's Office at noon 


October 19 


March 1 


Residence halls close at 9 p.m. for 
spring recess 




February 26 


Residence halls open at 8 a.m. 




March 7 


Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 




March 8 


Preregistration for students who have 
completed at least one semester 


November 3,4,5 




Preregistration for sophomores and juniors 




March 31 - April 1 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 









ACADEMIC CALENfDAR 




Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Preregistration for freshmen 


November 11, 12, 13 


April 7 - 8 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


November 20 


April 9 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
Thanksgiving recess 


November 24 




Residence halls open at 8 a.m. 


November 29 




Classes resume first period after 
Thanksgiving 


November 30 




Final examinations begin 


December 14 


April 26 


Semester ends at 5:00 p.m. 


December 18 


April 30 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. 


December 18 


April 30 




SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIC 

Summer 

Session #1 


)NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open at 8 a.m. 


May 9 


May 9 


June 20 


Classes begin 


May 10 


May 10 


June 21 


Last day for drop/add 


May 11 


May 12 


June 22 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 11 


May 12 


June 22 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


May 28 


June 4 


July 16 


Term ends 


June 4 


June 18 


July 30 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


June 4 


June 18 


July 30 



Special dates to remember: 

Freshman Seminar August 28, 29, 30 

Freshman Convocation August 28 

Labor Day (classes in session). , . September 7 
Long Weekend 

(classes suspended) October 2, 3, 4 

Homecoming Weekend. . . October 23, 24, 25 

Admissions Open House October 17 

Parents Weekend November 6, 7, 8 

Admissions Open House November 14 

Thanksgiving 

recess November 24 - November 29 



Admissions Open House February 20 

Spring recess February 26 - March 7 

Admissions Open House March 1 3 

Honors Convocation April 18 

Good Friday 

(afternoon classes suspended) April 9 

Accepted Students Day April 4 

Baccalaureate May 8 

Commencement May 9 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 25 

Independence Day (no classes) July 5 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



WELCOME TO 

LYCOMING College 



As a small liberal arts college, Lycoming 
College is dedicated to providing the type of 
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a 
supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

In 1990, U.S. News and World Report 
recognized Lycoming as one of the top ten 
small, regional colleges in the United States. 
It is something that Lycoming alumni have 
quietly known for years. The reasons are 
simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty 
are dedicated to the undergraduate education 
of just 1400 students. Classes are small and 
all faculty members teach. With a 15 to 1 
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or 
ten students are not uncommon, while even 
large introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 
for individual attention by a faculty truly 
committed to teaching. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared 
to meet the challenges of life through an 
academic program that includes both breadth 
of study in the humanities, social sciences 
and natural sciences and depth of study in at 
least one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts programs in 31 major fields, 
a Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in sculpture, 
and a Bachelor of Science degree in nursing. 

Those who intend to continue in medi- 
cine, dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching 
will find excellent preprofessional prepara- 
tion. Through a number of cooperative 
programs with otlrer colleges and universi- 
ties, Lycoming students can study engineer- 
ing, forestry, environment, pediatric medi- 




cine, optometry, and medical technology — 
while still enjoying the benefits of a small 
college experience. They can also study 
abroad or spend a semester in Washington, 
D.C., or New York City through a number of 
other cooperative programs. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
successful ways of blending career planning 
with a liberal arts education is through its 
internship program. Close to 25% of 
Lycoming students gain real job experience 
as part of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
internship opportunities in business, mass 
communication, government, health and 
social services. And the close relationship 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



between the College and the community has 
given Lycoming students a chance to roll up 
their sleeves and gain resume-enhancing 
experience rather than mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. 
However, students may take one course 
during Lycoming's May Term, and two 
courses during the Summer Term, as well. 

Perhaps one of the most important 
qualities of Lycoming is its feeling of 
community. Lycoming is a truly residential 
college where all students, with the exception 
of close commuters, live on campus in one of 
the College's residence halls. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by 
a variety of extracurricular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a weekly newspaf)er, run 
the campus radio station, edit a yearbook and 
two literary magazines, mount theatre 
productions, participate in a nationally- 
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as 
organize and manage their own social 
fraternities and sororities, special interest 
clubs and campus-wide social events. 

Student athletes can try out for 17 
different varsity sports (9 for men, 8 for 
women) or participate in the College's strong 
intramural program. 

All students are admitted free to the 
Lycoming College Artist Series which has 
brought The New York City Oj)era National 
Company; such Broadway musicals as Annie, 
Into the Woods and Big River, and other 
artists, ranging from the Tokyo String 
Quartet to the Pilobolus Dance Theater. 
Student-run programs have brought in REO 
Speedwagon, C & C Music Factory, Howie 
Mandel and Rythym Syndicate. 

Lycoming's campus abuts the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball 
and the site of its annual international 




championships. The greater metro area has a 
population of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of 
the state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, hunting and fishing, and 
other outdoor recreation. Yet Lycoming is 
less than a four-hour drive from such metro- 
politan centers as New York City, Philadel- 
phia, Washington, D.C., Baltimore and 
Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly commit- 
ted to a policy of cultural diversity and 
expects its students to work together in an 
atmosphere of respect and tolerance. 

Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member 
of the Middle States Association of Colleges 
and Schools, and the University Senate of 
The United Methodist Church. It is a 
member of the Association of American 
Colleges, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission 
for Independent Colleges and Universities, 
the National Commission on Accrediting and 
the National Association of Schools and 
Colleges of The United Methodist Church. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 




HISTORY 

1 he history of Lycoming College has 
been one of continual evolution. The 
institution has been, at one time or another, 
an elementary and secondary school, a 
seminary, a junior college and at present a 
four- year liberal arts college — going through 
three name changes in the process. Sold by 
the Presbyterians to the Methodists (who 
bought it as a source of revenue), it is today 
an independent non-profit, private college, 
affiliated with the United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up of mostly staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benajamin 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



H. Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy 
the school, which they did, turning it into 
Dickinson Seminary, which offered courses 
of study for K through 12 plus college 
preparatory. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts 
and sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, 
derived from the Indian word "lacomic," 
meaning "Great Stream" — a name that 
enjoys local popularity as the name of the 
county, a township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to 
every student entering its doors. 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



THE Campus 

JNineleen buildings sit on Lycoming's 
35-acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950, even though Lycom- 
ing - one of America's 50 oldest colleges and 
universities - dates back to 1812. All 
buildings are easy to reach from anywhere on 
campus. A 12-acre athletic field and football 
stadium lie a few blocks north of the main 
campus. 

Modem buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable single and double rooms; the 
student union; and the physical education/ 
recreation center. Up-to-date facilities 
include the library, theatre, the planetarium, 
the computer center, an electronic-music 
studio, a photography laboratory, and an art 
gallery. The computer center opened in 
1969; the art gallery and physical education 
center opened in 1980. An arts center was 
renovated and opened in 1983. The Heim 
Biology and Chemistry Building opened in 
1990. 

Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The 
United Methodist Church in America, who 
made the circuit through the upper 
Susquehanna District in 1812, the year 
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy) 
opened its doors. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade 
the Baltimore Conference to purchase the 
school from the Williamsport Town Council 
in 1848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses chapters of 
Lycoming's national fraternities and local 




sororities. The self-contained units 
contain sleeping rooms, a lounge, and a 
chapter room. 

Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woohich, Pennsylvania. Houses the 
health and counseling services, campus 
security, coordinator of residence life, and 
building and grounds. The Academic 
Resource Center is located in the north 
lounge on the first floor. It is operated by 
peer tutors and professional staff during 
specified hours Sunday through Friday. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes- 
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 



Wesley HaU (1956) — Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
bequest established the memorial. 

Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — Probably the 
most architecturally impressive building on 
campus, the Center actually is composed of 
four buildings: the John G. Snowden library, 
Wendle Hall, the Arena Theatre and labora- 
tories, and the faculty office building. 

Library (1968) — An active instruction 
program acquaints students with academic 
library strategies and supports their specific 
research in each discipline studied. Students 
become familiar with traditional methods of 
research as well as new information technolo- 
gies utilizing computerized CD-ROM and 
online searching. The collection includes 
more than 160,000 volumes, approximately 
1100 periodical titles, and a strong reference 
section suitable to an undergraduate educa- 
tion. The library also serves as a partial 
depository for U.S. government publications. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the 
northwest corner of the first floor of the 
library, the gallery contains exhibits year- 
round, including shows of student work. 

College Computer Center (1969) — 

Located in the lower level of the library, the 
center houses Hewlett-Packard 827 which is 
used for administrative computing and a DEC 
Micro Vax 3600 and a Prime EXL 316 which 
are used for academic computing. 

Computer Graphics Center (1986) — The 

Computer Graphics Center provides the IBC 
Ensign Computer for students majoring in 
computer science and for those taking 



graphics courses. It has 32 ports for termi- 
nals and printers, 2 megabytes of memory, 
and two 85 megabyte disk drives. 

Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) — 

Located in the lower level of the library, it is 
a replica of a modem hospital ward, complete 
with 10 simulated work stations, a nurses' 
station, and all the medical equipment used 
by nurses. 

Wendle Hall (1968) — Contains 21 class- 
rooms, the psychology laboratories, a 
computer terminal laboratory with 20 
terminals available for use at present and an 
expansion capability of 20 more, and 
spacious Pennington Lounge, an informal 
meeting place for students and faculty. 

Arena Theatre and Laboratories (1968) — 

The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the 
finest in the region. It includes projection 
facilities, scene and costume shops, a make- 
up room, and a multiple-use area known as 
the Down Stage, where one-act experimental 
plays are performed. The language, business, 
mathematics, and physics laboratories are 
situated on the upper floors. The Detwiler 
Planetarium is located on the ground floor. 

Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735- 
seat lecture hall. 

Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 
Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. In addition. Career Manage- 
ment Services is located in this building. 

Photographic Laboratory (1984) — 

Located in the lower level of the Fine Arts 
Center, it contains all the materials and 
equipment of any commercial laboratory. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



Mass Communication Center (1987) — 
The focal point of the facility is a fully 
equipped broadcast quality television studio 
and control room. The building also houses 
two editing rooms, a classroom, faculty 
offices, the FM radio station and the student 
newspaper office. The Center is located on 
the southeast comer of campus. 

Heim Biology Chemistry 
Building (1990) — The $8.3 million Heim 
Building is one of the finest undergraduate 
science facilities in the East. The three-level 
building totals more than 63,000 square feet 
and contains state-of-the-art biology and 
chemistry laboratories, lecture and seminar 
rooms, a science reading area and a green- 
house, as well as classrooms and faculty 
offices. 

Clarke Building (1939) — Includes recital 
hall, music classrooms, practice studios, an 
electronic-music studio, faculty offices, two 
chapels, and the United Campus Ministry 
Center, 

Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1857 as a rental 
property, the Admissions House is the oldest 
building on the campus. It was first occupied 
by a Presbyterian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with twenty-eight 
other dwellings and in 1940 became the 
President's home. John W. Long occupied it 
for the remainder of his tenure and D. 
Frederick Wertz lived in the house from 1955 
until 1965 when the President's home was 
moved to 325 Grampian Boulevard. The 
building was then converted for use by the 
Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a new 
Fine Arts facility was completed, the depart- 
ment was relocated and the house was vacant 
until 1987 when it was restored by college 
craftsmen to its original Federalist design 



under the supervision of Carol Baker '60, who 
kindly volunteered her services during the 
year-long reconstruction. The Admissions 
House was a gift of the W.F. Rich family. 

John W. Long Hall (1951) — Opened 
originally as the library, it now houses the 
administrative offices, including those for the 
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Services, Housing, Registrar, Alumni Affairs, 
Public Relations, Institutional Advancement, 
Publications, and Financial Aid. It includes a 
reception area, central communications, and 
the printing and bulk mail office. 

Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 

(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and Alumni 
Lounge. 

Wertz Student Center (1959) — Contains 
the main and private dining rooms, 
Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area, game 
rooms. Jacks' Comer, bookstore, post office, 
student activities office, and student organi- 
zation offices. Honors Bishop D. Frederick 
Wertz, President of Lycoming from 1955 to 
1968. 

Chapels 

Clarke Building (1939) — Lycoming's 
landmark, the building contains Clarke 
Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the 
United Campus Ministry Center, and music 
department studios and offices. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT SERVICES 



Student Services 




Administration 

1 he program of student services at 
Lycoming is administered by the Office of 
Student Services. It is designed to respond to 
diverse student needs. Professional staff 
members are assigned the specific responsi- 
bilities of: 

• career counseling and placement; 

• counseling services 

• residence life 

• student activities 

• Greek life 

• campus ministry 

• health services 

• safety and security 

• student conduct 

• intramural sports 

All members of the staff are available to 
counsel and advise individual students. 

Counseling Service 

C'Ounseling Service assists students in 
achieving their personal and academic goals. 
Professional and confidential services are 
provided free of charge to Lycoming stu- 
dents. Individual and group therapy, referral 



information and psychological assessments 
are offered. The counseling service also 
provides guidance to students with learning 
disabilities and conducts outreach programs 
for the college community. 

Career Management Services 

V_^areer Management is a process guided 
by the student which involves gathering 
information, making choices and evaluating 
those decisions, and taking control of one's 
career path. Lycoming offers services and 
resources which encourage students to 
become more proactive in the career planning 
process. 

Individual and group counseling focus on 
teaching students how they can learn about 
different career fields and present themselves 
to potential employers in a positive and 
effective manner. Helping students make 
appropriate and meaningful connections 
between college and career is a goal of the 
C.M.S. 

Additional services include: 

• Resources Room, housing books and 
periodicals on specific career trends, 
employment outlook, directories of 
employers 

• DISCOVER, a computer-assisted career 
guidance system, provides information to 
students about themselves and the world of 
work 

• SHARE (Students Having a Real Experi- 
ence), a program in which students observe 
and work with professionals in the field 

• Placement Services to aid seniors in 
implementing their career plans 

• Assistance to students in securing intern- 
ships, summer employment, and part-time 
employment 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT SERVICES 



• Speaker program, which brings profession- 
als from a variety of careers to campus 
seminars 

• Video cassette programs relating to job 
skills and career information 

• Graduate school information and applica- 
tions for graduate and professional school 
examinations 

Residence Halls 

O ingle students under 23 years of age 
who do not live at the home of their parents 
or guardians are required to live in residence 
halls and eat in the dining room. All new 
resident students are forwarded a room- 
agreement form to sign after confirmation of 
their admission to Lycoming, The agreement 
is renewed each spring. 

Resident students assume responsibility 
for their rooms and furnishings. The College 
reserves the right to enter and inspect 
any room for reasons of damage, health or 
safety, and to search any room when there is 
reason to believe a violation of College rules 
or the law is occurring. 

Whenever possible, damage to residence 
hall property will be charged to the person or 
persons directly responsible. When damage 
occurs to common living areas of the 
residence halls (lounges, stairwells, lobbies, 
hallways, or bathrooms) and is clearly the 
result of negligence, carelessness, malicious 
intent to destroy, or theft, residents of the 
floor or building may be assessed for their 
share of the repair and/or replacement costs. 
Damage and breakage occurring in a student 
room will be the responsibility of the 
students occupying the room. 

Residence halls are not available for 
occupancy during the vacation periods. Quiet 
hours are in place to support the academic 
mission of the college and are established by 
the Department of Residence Life. They are 
published in the Student Handbook and 
posted on bulletin boards. Residence Hall 



Councils, which share responsibility for 
developing and monitoring regulations, may 
vote to extend these hours. Room visitation 
by members of the opposite sex is permitted 
in the halls under conditions established by 
the College. 

Resident Advisors are available on student 
floors to assist with any problems which 
might arise and to offer activities for stu- 
dents. These are undergraduate students who 
are hired by the College to help provide a 
good living/learning environment for all 
students. 

Student Activities 

Otudent Activities offers assistance and 
advice for all campus programs and student 
organizations. Through the efforts of the 
Campus Activities Board (C.A.B.), program- 
ming is provided for all facets of the student 
population. C.A.B. works to create an 
atmosphere which best serves the social, 
cultural, and recreational needs of the 
students. Student Activities is also respon- 
sible for leadership training and the Student 
Orientation Staff. In addition. Student 
Activities provides support and direction for 
student government, the Interfratemity and 
Panhellenic Councils, the International 
Student Organization, and all registered 
student organizations. 

Religious Life 

1 he United Campus Ministry, staffed 
by a Protestant minister and a Roman 
Catholic lay minister, provides a wide range 
of activities in support of the religious lives 
of students. Ecumenical and inclusive in 
nature, campus ministry at Lycoming 
provides worship services, service projects, 
social occasions, retreats, study opportunities 
and personal counseling. The chaplains are 
an integral part of campus life and are 
available to students who may need support, 
counsel or direction. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT SERVICES 



Health Services 

JN ormal medical treatment by the 
health service staff at the College 
is provided without cost to the student. 
During the fall and spring semesters, the 
College maintains an outpatient service in 
Rich Hall. It is staffed by a registered nurse 
five days a week from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 
The College physician is available for one 
hour each day, Monday through Friday, 

Athletics 

Athletics are an important part of the 
Lycoming experience. As a member of the 
NCAA (Division III), Lycoming sponsors 17 
intercollegiate sports for both male and 
female student-athletes. 

Men can choose from football, soccer, 
cross country, wrestling, golf, basketball, 
swimming, tennis, and track and field. 
Women can compete in field hockey, cross 
country, volleyball, basketball, swimming, 
Softball, tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
Atlantic conference which is the oldest and 
largest (26 schools) Division III athletic 
conference in the nation. As a Division III 
school, Lycoming does not offer athletic 
scholarships which means that student- 
athletes are not bound, in any way, to 
continue participation in any given sport. 

In addition, the College offers a very 
active intramural program that is open to 
both male and female students. This 
program includes competitive basketball, 
Softball, water polo, beach volleyball, and 
flag football. 

Safety and Security 

1 he department strives to maintain an 
environment that is free of unnecessary 
hazards and disruptions. This responsibility 
includes the enforcement of Lycoming 
College rules, regulations, and j)olicies. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Security personnel are scheduled on an 
around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line, extension #4911 is always 
monitored to respond to serious events on 
campus. Telephone extension #4604 is used 
to handle general security 
concerns. 

The Office of Safety and Security solicits 
the cooperation of the entire College commu- 
nity in reporting unsafe conditions and 
suspicious activity on the Lycoming College 
campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical 
transportation, emergency maintenance 
referral, an escort service, guest and parking 
registration, and the dissemination of 
telephone numbers and general information 
to the public when the college switchboard is 
closed. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of 
its students. Respect for the rights of others 
and self-discipline are essential to the 
fulfillment of these goals. Students are 
expected to adhere to the policies contained 
in the Student Handbook. These policies, 
rules and regulations are part of the 
contractual agreement students enter into 
when they register at Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include 
suspension or expulsion from the College. 
Students are encouraged to review the 
Student Handbook and Residence Life 
Agreement in order to familiarize themselves 
with the policies governing student conduct. 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Admission to Lycoming 



Lycoming College welcomes applica- 
tions from prospective students regardless of 
age, sex, race, religion, financial resources, 
color, national or ethnic background. 

Admission Decision Criteria 

Admission to Lycoming College is 
competitive. Applicants are evaluated 
on the basis of their academic preparation, 
talents, and interests, as well as the College's 
capacity to help them achieve their educa- 
tional objectives and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two 
years of foreign language, two years of 
natural or physical science, three years of 
social science, and two years of academic 
electives. 

In addition, successful admission candi- 
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of 
their high school graduating class, and have 
better than average SAT or ACT scores. 

From time to time, supplemental materi- 
als, as well as a personal interview may be 
required prior to the determination of 
admissibility. 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

Applications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year 
through July 31st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding 
May 1st through December 15lh. A limited 
number of applications may be considered on 
a space-available basis up to one month prior 
to the beginning of the semester. 




Applications, when complete, are re- 
viewed and evaluated on a rolling basis. 
Generally, applicants are notified in writing 
regarding the outcome of their applications 
within three weeks following the receipt of 
all required materials. 

Freshman Applicants 

Freshman appUcants must complete the 
following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application 

2) Submit the non-refundable $25 
application fee 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYC»MING 



3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed) 

4) Submit official Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(SAT) results, or American College Test 
(ACT) 

TVansfer Applicants 

JLycoming College considers applications 
from students who have attended other post- 
secondary educational institutions. These 
applicants must have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.0 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the 
post-secondary institution(s) attended. 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 

1) Complete and return application with the 
$25 application fee 

2) Provide official transcripts from each 
post-secondary school attended. Students 



who have accumulated less than 24 
semester hours or 36 credit hours 
must also submit high school transcripts 
3) Submit the Lycoming Transfer Form 
(it will be sent to you upon application) 

Applicants may transfer up to 64 
semester credits of lower-division 
coursework, and up to 32 semester credits of 
upper-division coursework for a total of 96 
credits. Students must complete the final 32 
credits of their degree program at Lycoming 
College. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 45. 

International Applicants 

X rospective students who are neither 
citizens nor permanent residents of the 
United States are welcome to apply for 
admission. 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



International applicants must complete 
each of the following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
original 5 are not in English), Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct; 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by TOEFL score of at least 
500, or comparable evidence of English 
language fluency 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De 
partment of Justice, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming 
College. 

Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at Lycoming 
College is U.S. $17,000. Summer living 
expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $2,000, and are not 
included in $17,000 amount. 

Note All Students: 

1) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions 
Committee in reviewing your application, 
please indicate it on a separate piece of 
paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, you need only 
complete the unshaded sections of the 
application. If you have not taken the 
SAT or ACT assessment, that requirement 
will be waived. 




Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

Admitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no 
later than the preceding May 1st, or by 
December 1st for the following spring 
semester by submitting the appropriate 
deposit. Nonresident, commuting students 
are required to submit a $100 Tuition 
Deposit. Resident students are required to 
submit the $100 Tuition Deposit, as well as a 
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. Admitted 
international applicants are required to 
submit all applicable deposits prior to the 
issuance of the 1-20 form. 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st 
for the following fall semester, and Decem- 
ber 1st for the following spring semester. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 




Student Orientation 

Incoming freshmen are required to attend 
one of three summer orientation sessions with 
at least one parent before they enroll in the 
fall. Upperclass transfer students are invited 
to a separate session. The purpose of the 
program is to more fully acquaint new 
students and their parents with the College so 
that they can begin their Lycoming experi- 
ence under the most favorable circumstances. 
Students will take placement tests, meet their 
academic advisor and register for fall classes. 
Information on orientation is mailed to new 
students after they confirm their admission. 



Withdrawal of 
Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not provided 
by applicants 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College 
by applicants occurs during the application 
process 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set 
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or the 
Lycoming College Student Handbook 

Admissions Office 
Location and Hours 

1 rospective students and their families 
are encouraged to visit the campus for a 
student-conducted tour and an interview with 
an admissions counselor, who will provide 
additional information about the College and 
answer questions. 

The Office of Admissions is located 
on Washington Boulevard and College 
Place. For an appointment, telephone 
1-800-345-3920 or (717)321-4026, or write 
Office of Admissions, Lycoming College, 
Williamsport, PA 17701. 

Office hours are: 

Weekdays - September through April: 
8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 
- May through August: 
8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

Saturdays - September through April 
9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon 
- May through August: 
appointments by request. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Fees 




Comprehensive 


$6,000 


Room Rent 


$1,075 


Board 


$975 


Total 


$8,050 



Expenses for the 
Academic Year 1992-93 

1 he following expenses are effective for 
the regular fall and spring semesters. The 
College reserves the right to adjust fees at 
any time. The fees for each semester are 
payable approximately 2 weeks prior to the 
start of classes for the semester as indicated 
on the semester bill. 

Per Semester Per Year 



$12,000 
$2,150 
$1,950 

$16,100 



One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $25 

Admissions Deposit $100 

Contingency Deposit $100 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 

Part-Time Students Fees 

Application Fee $25 

Each Unit Course $1,500 

Additional Charges 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $150 

Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course. . $20 to $160 

Reregistration Fee $25 

Parking Permit (for the 

academic year) $20 to $45 

Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junior year) $400 

R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University $75 

Transcript Fee $3* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge. . . . additional charge of 

$430 per semester. 




The Comprehensive Fee covers the 
regular course load of twelve to sixteen 
credits each semester. Resident students 
must board at the College unless, for extraor- 
dinary reasons, authorization is extended for 
other eating arrangements. If a double room 
is used as a single room, there is an addi- 
tional charge of $430 per semester. The 
estimated cost for books and supplies is up to 
$450 per year, depending on the course of 
study. Special session (May term and 
summer term) charges for tuition, room, and 
board are established during the fall semester. 

*$3 for 1 transcript; $1 for each additional 
copy ordered in the same request. Tran- 
scripts provided free to currently-enrolled 
students 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students for admis- 
sion must submit a $25 application fee. This 
charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 

Admission Deposit — After students have 
been notified of their admission to Lycoming, 
they are required to make a $100 Admissions 
Deposit to confirm their intention to matricu- 
late. Students seeking residence must submit 
an additional $100 Room Reservation 
Deposit. All deposits are applied to the 
general charges for the first semester of 
attendance. After May 1 , deposits are 
nonrefundable. 

Contingency Deposit — A contingency 
deposit of $100 is required of all full-time 
students as a guarantee for payment of 
damage to or loss of College property, for 
library and parking fines, or similar penalties 
imposed by the College. The deposit is 
collected along with other charges for the 
initial semester. The balance of this deposit 
is refunded after all debts to the College have 
been paid, either upon graduation or upon 
written request submitted to the Registrar two 
weeks prior to voluntary permanent termina- 
tion of enrollment at Lycoming College. (See 
page 47.) 

Partial Payments 

Jror the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with 
the College Treasurer for the monthly 
payment of College fees through various 
educational plans. Additional information 
concerning partial payments may be obtained 
from the Treasurer or Director of 
Admissions. 



Refunds for Students 
Who Withdraw 

rvoom rent is not refundable after classes 
begin. Tuition and board fees are refunded to 
students who officially and voluntarily 
withdraw from the College according to the 
following schedule. (Comparable schedules 
apply to May and summer terms.) 

Refund Charge 
Period of Withdrawal % % 

During the first week 

of the semester 80 20 

During the second 

and third week 60 40 

During the fourth 

and fifth week 40 60 

During the sixth 

and seventh week 20 80 

After seven weeks 100 

• Tuition and/or lab fees are not refundable 
for individual courses dropped after the 
drop/add period ends. 

• No refunds are given to students who are 
suspended for disciplinary reasons. 

The date on which the Dean of the 
College approves the student's withdrawal 
form is considered the official date of 
withdrawal. Charges are levied for services 
provided after withdrawal. 

Lycoming scholarships and grants are 
applied during the fall and spring semesters 
on the same basis as the tuition charges. If a 
withdrawing student is charged 60% of the 
tuition, he/she will receive 60% of the 
scholarship or grant. Government financial 
aid is adjusted according to federal and state 
guidelines. 

Room charges, which are established on a 
semester basis, and special charges such as 
laboratory fees, are not refundable if a 
student leaves the College prior to the end of 
the semester. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Full-time students who, after reducing 
their course loads, continue to be enrolled for 
12 or more semester hours are not eligible for 
a refund of tuition for an individual course. 
Similarly, students who register for extra 
hours in excess of 16 hours per semester and 
who later reduce their loads are not eligible 
after the fifth day of the semester for a refund 
of the fee charged for overloads. Charges 
will be recalculated for students who enroll 
full-time and subsequently assume part-time 
status by reducing their loads below 12 hours 
during the drop/add period. The assumption 
of part-time status normally involves a 
substantial reduction of financial aid since 
most financial aid programs do not extend 
eligibility to part-time students. 

Non-Payment of 
Fees Penalty 

O tudents will not be registered for 
courses in a new semester if their accounts 
for previous attendance have not been settled. 
Diplomas, transcripts, and certifications of 
withdrawals in good standing are issued only 
when a satisfactory settlement of all financial 
obligations has been made in the Business 
Office. Final grades may also be held in 
some cases. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Student Financial Assistance 

Lycoming College is committed to 
helping students and families meet College 
costs. While some assistance is available to 
students regardless of need (merit scholar- 
ships), the primary purpose of the College's 
financial aid program is to help qualified 
students of limited financial resources attend 
Lycoming College. Scholarships may be 
awarded on the basis of merit and/or need, 
while grants are provided solely on the basis 
of financial need. Long-term educational 



loans with favorable interest rates and 
repayment terms are available, as are part- 
time employment opportunities. 

Students who wish to be considered for 
financial assistance should submit the 
following forms as soon after January 1 as 
possible and not later than March 15. 
(NOTE: Renewal applications are required 
annually.) 

1) Lycoming Financial Aid Application 
(LFAA) - available from the Financial Aid 
Office 

2) Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College 
Scholarship Service (CSS) - available from 
your high school/college counselor or the 
Financial Aid Office 

3) Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) grant application if a 
PA resident - or the appropriate state grant 
application form from the state in which 
the student resides. Contact your high 
school/college counselor or the Financial 
Aid Office for the appropriate application. 

4) Students must submit signed copies of 
their tax returns as well as those of their 
parents, including all schedules. The tax 
returns required are those that were filed 
the year preceding the year the student 
plans to enroll, (e.g. if a student plans to 
enroll during the 1992-93 year, 1991 tax 
returns are required). 

5) Additional forms may be required at the 
discretion of the Financial Aid Office. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

VJne criterion used to determine financial 
aid eligibility is academic progress. Students 
must meet the minimum standards of 
satisfactory academic progress as defined by 
the College and as defined by the appropriate 
loan- or grant-awarding agency in order to 
remain eligible for financial aid. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



To accurately measure a student's 
progress, quantitative and qualitative mea- 
sures are used. 

For financial aid purposes, the standard of 
satisfactory academic progress at Lycoming 
College will be defined as the successful 
completion of 75% of the courses attempted. 
(See pg. 50 for requirements regarding 
academic standing.) But, as noted above, a 
student may not have more than 6 units (24 
semester hours) of unsuccessful attempts. 

The Financial Aid Office checks for 
satisfactory progress by students receiving 
financial aid at least once a year. 

Students who fail to meet the minimum 
number of credits and/or who fail to achieve 
the minimum cumulative GPA are placed on 
Financial Aid Probation. This allows 
students one semester of additional work to 
bring their academic records up to minimum 
standards. Failure to meet the minimum 
standards after the probation semester will 
result in a suspension of further assistance 
until standards are met. 

A more detailed explanation of Lycoming 
College Financial Aid Programs and Policies 
is contained in a printed student consumer's 
guide available through the Financial Aid 
Office. 

Scholarships & Grants 

NOTE: Students will not be awarded more 
than one scholarship. 

Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are 
awarded only to eligible students who are 
full-time, are in good academic standing, and 
who are degree-seeking. 

Lycoming Academic Scholarships of 

$1,0(X) to $4,(XX) may be awarded to students 
who rank in the top 30% of their graduating 
class and have a combined SAT score of 
1(XX) or above. Renewal requires 
a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.(X). 



Valedictorian/Salutatorian Scholarships of 

$5,000 may be awarded to students who rank 
either first or second in their graduating 
class as certified by their high school 
guidance counselor. Renewal requires a 
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00. 

Founder's Scholarships of $5,000 may be 
awarded to students who rank in the top fifth 
of their graduating class and have SAT 
scores of at least 1200. Renewal requires a 
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.(X). 

Trustee's Scholarships are full-tuition 
scholarships. Students may be awarded this 
scholarship if they maintain a minimum high 
school GPA of 3.50, were ranked in the top 
10% of their graduating class, and had SAT 
scores of at least 1300. If the student is 
eligible for a Pell Grant and/or a State Grant, 
those amounts will be subtracted from the 
tuition cost and the difference will be the 
amount of the scholarship award. 

Art Scholarships of $1,500 may be avail- 
able. These scholarships are awarded on the 
basis of juried competition. Selection is 
determined by the Art Deparunent faculty. 
Renewable upon continued recommendation 
of departmental faculty. Students must 
maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 
and be an art major. 

Music Scholarships of up to $2,(XX) may be 
available. Selection is determined by 
departmental faculty members. Renewable 
upon continued recommendation of the 
department. Students must maintain a 
minimum cumulative GPA of 2.(X). 

Theatre Scholarships of $1,500 may be 
available upon recommendation of depart- 
mental faculty. Students must submit a 
Theatre Information Card and a recommen- 
dation from a theatre instructor. Renewable 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



upon continued recommendation of the 
faculty. Students must maintain a minimum 
cumulative GPA of 2.00. 

Lycoming Grant-in-Aid Awards of $200 to 
full tuition, depending upon financial need, 
may be granted to students to help meet their 
documented financial need. Renewal 
requires continued financial need as deter- 
mined by Congressional Methodology and 
the Financial Aid Director. Satisfactory 
academic progress, as defined by the 
College, is also required. 

Ministerial Grants are awarded to depen- 
dent children of United Methodist Ministers 
and ordained ministers of other denomina- 
tions. This grant amounts to one-third of 
tuition for children of United Methodist 
ministers in the Central Pennsylvania 
Conference and one-fourth of tuition for all 
others. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of one- 
fourth tuition are awarded to students 
preparing for the Christian ministry who have 
demonstrated financial need. Students must 
complete a pre-ministerial grant application 
available through the financial aid office. 

Two-in-Family Grants are awarded to each 
member of a family attending Lycoming at 
the same time. The amount is 10% of tuition, 
room and board charged by the College. 
Each family member must not be eligible for 
any other financial aid program of the 
College. If the student is eligible for any 
other Lycoming aid, the student will be 
awarded whichever is greater. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking appli- 
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or 
better, are active in Christian activities, and 
who are active, full members of a United 
Methodist church. Demonstrated financial 



need is also required. Normally, seven $500 
scholarships are awarded each year. Annual 
application is required. Recipients are 
selected by the Director of Financial Aid and 
awards made to the neediest students. The 
funds are provided by the United Methodist 
Church. 

Federal Grants 

Pell Grants are awarded by the federal 
government based upon a standard federal 
formula. Grants range up to $2,400 per year. 
These grants are available up to a maximum 
of 10 semesters. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants may be awarded to students with 
exceptional financial need. Priority must be 
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are 
provided by the federal government. 

State Grants & Scholarships 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. In 1991-92, the 
maximum grant amount was $2,300. These 
grants are available for a maximum of 8 
semesters. 

Non-PA residents should contact the State 
Grant Agency in their home state for avail- 
ability of funds to students attending out-of- 
state colleges. 

Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarships may be 

available to PA residents who rank in the top 
10% of their high school class and plan to 
enter the elementary or secondary teaching 
field. Scholarships are for up to $5,000 per 
year and the students must sign an agreement 
to teach. More information is available from 
your high school guidance office, 
Lycoming's Financial Aid Office, or by 
calling PHEAA at 717-975-3320. This 
program is administered by PHEAA. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Scholars in Education Awards (SEA) are 
offered by PHEAA to PA residents who plan 
to teach math or science in a Pennsylvania 
secondary school. The award is 50% of 
annual tuition. If the student fails to honor 
the commitment to teach, the grant becomes 
a loan with interest. For eligibility require- 
ments, contact your high school guidance 
counselor or PHEAA. 

Loan Programs 

Perkins Loan (formerly the National Direct 
Student Loan) may be offered to students 
with exceptional need. Borrowers must 
repay the loan, plus 5% per annum simple 
interest on the unpaid balance, over a period 
beginning nine months after the date on 
which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at 
least half-time. 

StafTord Loan (formerly the Guaranteed 
Student Loan) allows eligible Freshmen and 
Sophomore students to borrow a maximum of 
$2,625 annually. Juniors and Seniors may be 
eligible to borrow a maximum of $4,000 
annually. The federal government pays the 
interest while the student is enrolled at least 
half-time. The student begins to repay the 
loan 6 months after leaving school. The 
interest rate is 8% for the first four years of 
repayment, increasing to 10% for the 
remainder of the repayment period. Students 
must have documented financial need. 

PHEAA Nonsubsidized Stafford Loan may 

be available to students attending a Pennsyl- 
vania school. The interest rates are the same 
as on the subsidized Stafford; however, the 
interest on the nonsubsidized Stafford must 
be paid on a quarterly basis while the 
student is enrolled in school and during the 
six-month grace period following the in- 
school period. The maximum loan amount is 
up to $2,625 minus subsidized Stafford 



eligibility for Freshmen and Sophomores and 
$4,000 minus subsidized Stafford eligibility 
for Juniors and Seniors per year. Minimum 
loan amount is $500. This loan is not based 
on need. 

PHEAA Alternative Loan of up to $10,000 
may be available to students attending a 
Pennsylvania school. The loan is made 
available through PHEAA. For more 
information, contact PHEAA, 660 Boas 
Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102. This loan is 
not based on documented need. 

PLUS/SLS Loans are meant to provide 
additional funds for educational expenses. 
The interest rate varies but will not exceed 
12%. Parents of dependent undergraduate 
students or independent undergraduates may 
borrow up to $4,000 per year to a total of 
$20,000. Applications and information are 
available from your bank or other lending 
institution. This loan is not based on docu- 
mented financial need. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may 
be borrowed for an academic year is $1,000, 
subject to the availability of funds. Contact 
The Board of Higher Education and Ministry, 
P.O. Box 871, Nashville, Tennessee 37202 
for more information. 



Employment Opportunities 

Federal College Work-Study Program 
awards provide work opportunities on 
campus for qualified students. Students 
receive paychecks for work performed in the 
previous pay period. Based on documented 
need and awarded by the Financial Aid 
Office. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



The Lycoming Campus Employment 
Program is similar to Federal Work-Study 
except that students are paid with institu- 
tional funds only and employment is not 
based on financial need. A limited number 
of jobs are available. 

Presidential Fellowships in Music are 

available for selected students. Auditions 
and interviews are conducted annually by the 
Music department. A tuition stipend of $250 
is awarded for each semester the student 
serves as a Fellow. Recipients are expected 
to fulfill responsibilities assigned each 
semester by the Department with the primary 
responsibility being musical performance. 

Other Job Opportunities are frequently 
available with local business firms or 
persons. Contact the Career Management 
Services Office of the College for informa- 
tion on these opportunities. 

Other Aid Sources 

Veterans and Dependents Benefits are 

available for qualified veterans and children 
of deceased or disabled veterans. Applica- 
tion should be made at your nearest Veterans' 
Administration Office. 

Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Office for more information. 

Tuition Exchange Grants may be available. 
Lycoming College is a member of both the 
Tuition Exchange Program and the CICU 
Tuition Exchange Program. These programs 
are for dependent students of employees at 
participating institutions of higher education. 
You should contact the Tuition Exchange 
Officer at your sponsoring institution for 
information regarding sponsorship. 



Non-College Aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are members for 
information on financial aid resoiu-ces. 

Endowed & Restricted 
College Funds 

1 hese funds are thoughtfully and 
generously provided by alumni and friends of 
Lycoming College. Most awards are based 
on documented financial need, in 
combination with other criteria, and are 
awarded through the Financial Aid Office. 

Franklin L. Artley Scholarship is available 
annually to assist a ministerial student(s). 

Eph and Bess Baker Scholarship of $6,000 
is available at $1,500 per year for four years. 
It is awarded annually to a full-time student 
who exhibits academic promise and has a 
permanent residence in Lycoming County. 
Preference is given to students with demon- 
strated financial need. A minimum cumula- 
tive GPA of 3.00 is needed for renewal. 

Case Memorial Scholarship is awarded 
annually to a student(s) in good academic 
standing with demonstrated financial need. 

Mary Strong Clemins Scholarship is 

available for a student(s) preparing for 
Christian ministry or for deaconess work or 
its equivalent in the United Methodist 
Church. 

C. Luther Culler Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded to a student based on scholarship. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^m 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATHERS 



Dewitt-Bodine Scholarship is awarded to 
the highest-ranked student in the graduating 
class each year from the Hughesville High 
School who attends Lycoming College. The 
recipient is designated by the Hughesville 
Guidance Counselor. The scholarship 
amount is $2,200 and is credited at $550 per 
year for four years attendance at Lycoming. 

Clara Kramer Eaton Scholarship is 

awarded to the highest-ranked student in the 
graduating class from Line Mountain High 
School who attends Lycoming College. The 
recipient is selected by the high school's 
guidance office. The scholarship is $400 per 
year for up to four years of attendance at 
Lycoming. 

Richard W. Gieniec Memorial Scholarship 

is available to a full-time student in good 
academic standing who has demonstrated 
financial need and who has the prospect of 
contributing positively to the college commu- 
nity. Preference is given to a student who 
meets any or all of the following criteria: 1) 
resident of Lancaster County, Pa.; 2)leaming- 
disabled; 3)soccer player. 

Beryl Kline Glenn Scholarship is periodi- 
cally awarded to a student majoring in music. 

Mr. and Mrs. David Grove Scholarship is 

periodically awarded to a needy student 
studying faith and ministry. 

Robert I. Hamilton Scholarship is awarded 
through the generosity of Mr, Hamilton, a 
resident of South Williamsport. 

Sarah and Elsie Harding Scholarship is 

awarded to a student(s) in good academic 
standing with demonstrated financial need. 

Esther M. Heefner Scholarship is available 
to help a needy and deserving student(s). 



Edward P. and Jeanette Fuller Heether 
Scholarship is available to help needy and 
deserving students who are in good academic 
standing. 

James A. Heether Scholarship is available 
based on financial need. Priority will be 
given to a chemistry major. 

R. Lee Hite Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded to a student in economics, engineer- 
ing, business or a related field of study and 
who is from one of the 29 counties in 
Pennsylvania and 2 counties in New York 
served by The Hite Company. 

George W. Huntley Jr. Scholarship of $900 
is available to help defray the tuition and 
expenses for the first year only of any 
undergraduate of Cameron County High 
School, The selection is made by the 
Superintendent of Schools, Cameron, Pa, In 
case there is no applicant from Cameron 
County, the scholarship may be aw^ded 
to any student preparing for the Christian 
Ministry, 

Elizabeth S. Jackson Scholarship may be 

available to the student who attains the 
required rank highest in deportment and 
scholarship in the sophomore class, 

Paul and Mildred John Scholarship was 

established in 1990 by Mr, and Mrs, John to 
recognize the significant contributions their 
friend, Robert L, Shangraw '58, has made to 
the betterment of Lycoming College. This 
endowed scholarship provides annual income 
for full-time students who are pursuing a 
major in any of Lycoming's business pro- 
grams. Preference is given to candidates 
who demonstrate financial need, are children 
of employees of the Ritz-Craft Corporation of 
Pa., Inc. and/or residents of Union 
County, Pa. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HNANCIAL MATTERS 



Amos Johnson Scholarship is available for 
the education of a ministerial student of 
limited means. 

Morgan V. Knapp Music Scholarship is 

awarded in the ratio of 75% of the fund to 
financially needy students, in satisfactory 
academic standing, who are majoring in 
music or who are pursuing courses in vocal 
music, keyboard, strings, and/or other 
musical instruments in that priority order. 
25% of the fund is awarded as needed, on the 
recommendation of the Music Department 
faculty, to students, who in their opinion 
should be encouraged to study privately in 
the areas of voice, keyboard, strings, and/or 
other musical instruments in that priority 
order. 

John R. and Leona Fisher Knaul Scholar- 
ship is awarded annually to a student(s) in 
good academic standing with demonstrated 
financial need. 

Charles J. and Jean M. Kocian Scholar- 
ship is awarded annually to an upperclass 
student(s) in good academic standing with 
demonstrated financial need. 

LAMCO Scholarship may be available to 
students with the following selection priori- 
ties: 1) children and grandchildren of 
employees of The Grit; 2) graduates of high 
schools of the city of Williamsport; 3) 
graduates of high schools of Lycoming 
County. 

James G. and Fern S. Law Scholarship was 

established in 1990 by Mrs. Fern S. Law as a 
memorial tribute to her husband, James 
Graham Law, who served Lycoming College 
as a member of the Board of Trustees from 
1965 to 1986. Annual income is- to be 
awarded to a full-time student from the 
Bloomsburg area who shows academic 
promise and demonstrates financial- need. 



Doris Lennon Scholarship is available to 
help dedicated young students, in need of 
financial assistance, who are preparing for 
church work. 

Lenore M. Losch Scholarship is awarded 
annually to a student in good academic 
standing with demonstrated financial need. 

Lycoming County Medical Society Auxil- 
iary Scholarship is awarded annually to a 
student in good academic standing with 
demonstrated financial need, who is majoring 
in Nursing or another pre-professional 
program in health care. Preference will be 
given to non-traditional single parents. 

James E. and Bernadine Decker 
Nancarrow Scholarship is awarded to 
a student(s) in good academic standing with 
demonstrated financial need. Preference may 
be given to students from Lycoming County. 

Earl Nearoof Memorial Scholarship is 

available to assist young students entering 
Christian work with preference given to 
students from the Warrior Mark and Tyrone, 
Pa., areas. 

Polcyn Loan Fund was established in 1986 
by Dr. Kenneth A. Polcyn '58, in honor of his 
parents. Loan awards may be made to 
student athletes who are in good academic 
standing and who have documented 
financial need. 

Ada Remely Memorial Scholarship is an 

award available to a currently-enrolled 
female member of the junior class having 
completed 80 credit hours with at least a 3.00 
cumulative GPA and who demonstrates 
financial need of at least half the tuition rate. 
Applications are available in the Financial 
Aid Office in February and are due in March. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Mort RaufT Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded to a deserving student in good 
academic standing. Preference is given to an 
individual who demonstrates financial need 
and who is an active member of the 
swimming team. 

Jennie M. Rich Memorial Scholarship is 

available for worthy and needy students 
preparing for the Christian ministry or 
deaconess or missionary work, 

Margaret Rich and Elmer B. Staats 
Scholarship of up to $1,000 is available to 
an academically-talented student who intends 
to pursue a career in public service. Prefer- 
ence is given to students with documented 
financial need. 

Leonard H. Rothermel Scolarship is 

awarded to financially needy students in 
satisfactory academic standing, with primary 
preference given to Treverton residents and 
secondary preference given to Line 
Mountain School District area students. 

J. Milton Skeath Memorial Scholarship is 

available for a psychology major. 

Robert Barry Spieth Memorial Scholar- 
ship is awarded to a student who demon- 
strates financial need with preference given 
to a Business Administration major who is an 
active member of Sigma Pi. Minimum 
cumulative GPA is 2.00. 

Albert R. and Judith L. Strycula Scholar- 
ship is awarded to a Dundee, NY Central 
High student of scholastic ability enrolling in 
one of Lycoming's four-year programs. 
Second consideration will be given to 
dependents of Foodcraft, Inc. employees 
(employed from 1972 through 1988). Third 
consideration will be given to any qualified 
resident of Snyder or Lycoming County in 
PA or Yates County in NY. 



Brandy Lee Sudol Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded annually to a student in good 
academic standing with demonstrated 
financial need. Preference will be given to 
nursing majors from the Danville, 
Pa., area. 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz and Betty 
Rowe Wertz Scholarship is awarded 
annually to a student(s) in good academic 
standing with demonstrated financial need. 

Samuel Willard Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded to a junior or senior student who is 
in need of financial assistance in order to 
complete his or her degree. 

Hiram and Elizabeth Wise Scholarship is 

available for a ministerial or missionary 
student who, because of present circum- 
stances and promise of future usefulness, is 
deemed worthy of the award. 

Dr. Paul E. Witmeyer Memorial Scholar- 
ship is available for a student interested in 
education. 

Donald C. Wolfe Memorial Scholarship is 

available for a worthy ministerial student. 

William Woodcock Scholarship is available 
annually to the full-time, degree-seeking 
student who attains the required rank second 
in scholarship and deportment in the sopho- 
more class. 

Raymond A. and L. Marie Zimmerman 

Scholarship is available for the 

benefit of students preparing for the Christian 

ministry. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



•raE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



THE 

Academic 
Program 

Lycoming College awards three 
different degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B. A.), 
Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A) and Bachelor 
of Science in Nursing (B.S.N). 

THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 

Lycoming is committed to the principle 
that a liberal arts education is the best hope 
for an enlightened citizenry. Consequently, 
the Bachelor of Arts degree is conferred upon 
the student who has completed an educa- 
tional program incorporating the two prin- 
ciples of the liberal arts known as distribution 
and concentration. The objective of the 
distribution principle is to insure that the 
student achieves breadth in learning through 
the study of the major dimensions of human 
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences, 
and the natural sciences. The objective of the 
concentration principle is to provide depth of 
learning through completion of a program of 
study in a given discipline or subject area 
known as the major. 

Requirements 

rivery degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program 

• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements 

• Complete a major consisting of at least 




eight courses with a minimum grade point 
average of 2.0 

• Earn one year of credit in physical educa- 
tion. Athletic training courses may count 
towards this requirement 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.0. Additional credits 
beyond 128 semester hours may be com- 
pleted provided the minimum 2.0 cumula- 
tive average is maintained 

• Complete in residence the final eight 
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College 

• Complete the above requirements within 
seven years of continuous enrollment 
following the date of matriculation 

All exemptions or waivers of specific 
requirements are made by the Committee on 
Academic Standards. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
FINE ARTS DEGREE 

1 he Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is 
specifically designed to train professional 
artists. The B.F.A. in sculpture is a synthesis 
of three diverse forms of education: a studio 
art program that emphasizes the skills and 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



concepts of the visual language, an appren- 
ticeship that takes technical expertise as the 
departure point, and the scholastic method 
employed in both art history and the general- 
education component. 

Requirements 

C/very B.F.A degree candidate is 
expected to meet the following requirements 
in order to qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the 12-course Art Department 
course of study, while achieving a minimum 
grade point average of 2.0 in these courses. 

• Complete the distribution program 

• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.0 in these courses 

• Complete one of the field specialization 
apprenticeships at the Johnson Atelier 
Technical Institute of Sculpture 

• Earn one year of credit in physical educa- 
tion. Athletic training courses may count 
towards this requirement 

• Complete in residence the final eight 
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College 

• Have a public exhibition of original art 
work and make an oral defense 

THE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN 
NURSING DEGREE 

1 he program of study leading to the 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree is 
designed to prepare men and women as 
beginning practitioners of professional 
nursing, qualified for first-level positions in a 
variety of health settings and for graduate 
study in nursing. Upon satisfactory comple- 



tion of the program, a graduate is eligible to 
write the State Board of Nursing examination 
for licensure as a registered nurse. The goal 
of the program is to develop a liberally- 
educated and self-directed individual who is 
prepared to contribute to the welfare of the 
nation through the practice of professional 
nursing, which supports the promotion and 
restoration of the health of individuals and 
families in a variety of settings. 

Requirements 

C/very B.S.N, degree candidate is 
expected to meet the following requirements 
in order to qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the 13-course major with a 
minimum cumulative grade point average of 
2.0, including the required May term 
following the junior year 

• Complete the distribution requirements for 
the B.S.N, degree 

• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements 

• Complete a minimum of 32 units (128 
semester hours) with a minimum cumulative 
average of 2.0 

• Earn one year of credit in physical educa- 
tion. Athletic training courses may count 
towards this requirement 

• Complete in residence the final eight 
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College 

Complete the degree requirements within 
a five-year period after admission to the 
nursing major. Candidates who are unable to 
meet this requirement must petition for an 
extension. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



THE DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The Distribution Program for 
the B.A. and B.F.A. Degrees 

A course can be used to satisfy only 
one distribution requirement Courses for 
which a grade of "P" is recorded may not be 
used toward the fulfillment of the distribution 
requirements. (Refer to page 47 & 48 for an 
explanation of the grading system.) A course 
in any of the following distribution require- 
ments refers to a full-unit (four semester 
hours) course taken at Lycoming, any 
appropriate combination of fractional unit 
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
to four semester hours, or any single course 
of three or more semester hours transferred 
from another institution. For the B.S.N, 
degree, see the special modified distribution 
requirements on page 30. Special distribu- 
tion requirements apply to students in the 
Lycoming Scholar Program on page 39. 

A. English - Students are required to take 
English 105 and 106 as well as one other unit 
of English, unless exempted from EngUsh 
105 on the basis of the entrance examination 
administered before enrollment, CLEP, or the 
AP test in English. English 105 also requires 
a lab component designed to help the student 
succeed in college work. A student must 
either pass English 105 or be exempted from 
it before taking English 106. Unless the 
student does not complete English 105 during 
the first semester of college, English 106 
must be taken during the freshman year. 
English 106 or consent of the instructor is a 
requirement of all other English courses. 
Students may choose any course except 
English 105 and English 106 from the 
department's offerings to satisfy the require- 
ment for another unit of English. 



B. Foreign Language or Mathematical 
Sciences — Students are required to meet a 
minimum basic requirement in either a 
foreign language or the mathematical 
sciences. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE — Students may 
choose from among French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, and Spanish and are required to pass 
two courses on the intermediate or higher 
course level. Placement at the appropriate 
course level will be determined by the faculty 
of the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. Students who have completed 
two or more years of a given language in 
high school are not admitted for credit to the 
elementary course in the same foreign 
language except by written permission of the 
chairman of the department. 

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES — Students 
are required to demonstrate competence in 
basic algebra and to pass three units in 
mathematical sciences other than Mathemat- 
ics 100. Comj)etence in basic algebra may be 
demonstrated either by passing the basic 
algebra section of the Mathematics Place- 
ment Examination or by passing Mathematics 
100. By demonstrating higher competence 
on the Mathematics Placement Examination, 
students may reduce the requirement to two 
units in mathematical sciences. No more 
than one unit may be taken in computer 
science. 

The Mathematics Placement Examination 
may be scheduled a maximum of three times, 
only one of which may be after matriculation. 
A retest fee of $25 will be charged for each 
private test administration. 

C. Religion or Philosophy — Students are 
required to pass two courses in either religion 
or philosophy. Any two religion courses may 
be used to fulfill the philosophy/religion 
distribution requirement, with this exception: 
only one course from the combination 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Religion 120-121 may be selected for 
distribution. 

D. Fine Arts — Students are required to pass 
two courses as indicated in art, literature, 
rnusic, or theatre. 

ART — Any two courses. 

LITERATURE — Any two literature courses 
selected from the offerings of the Depart- 
ments of English and Foreign Languages and 
Literatures (French, German or Spanish). 

MUSIC — Any combination of eight (8) 
credits, including applied music, ensemble, 
and Music Department courses. 

THEATRE — Any two of the following 
courses: Theatre 100, 110, 140, 148, 332, 
333, or other courses with the consent of the 
instructor. 

E. Natural Sciences — Students are required 
to pass any two courses as indicated in one of 
the following disciplines: astronomy and 
physics, except Astronomy 114 and 115; 
biology; or chemistry. 

F. History and Social Sciences - Students 
are required to pass two courses as indicated 
in economics, history, political science, 
psychology or sociology/anthropology. 

ECONOMICS — Any two courses. 

HISTORY — Any two courses, except 
History 222. 

POUTICAL SCIENCE — Any two courses. 

PSYCHOLOGY — Psychology 1 10 and one 
other course, except Psychology 101. 

SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY — Sociol- 
ogy/ AnihTopology 110 plus another course. 

The Distribution Program 
For The B.S.N. Degree 

A. English — Same as for the B.A. degree. 

B. Mathematical Sciences — competence in 
basic algebra as demonstrated by completion 



of, or exemption from. Math 100; Mathemat- 
ics 103; and Computer Science 108, 125, or 
Mathematics 214. 



C. Religion and Philosophy 

and Philosophy 219. 



Religion 120 



D. Fine Arts/Foreign Language — two 

courses from one department as follows: 

ART — Any two courses. 

LITERATURE — Any two literature courses 
selected from the departments of English and 
Foreign Languages and Literatures. 

MUSIC — Any combination of eight (8) 
credits, including applied music, ensemble, 
and music department courses. 

THEATRE — Any two courses from among 
Theatre 100, 110, 140,148, 332, 333, or other 
courses with the consent of the instructor. 

LANGUAGE — Any two courses at the 
intermediate or higher level. No student who 
has had two or more years of a given foreign 
language in high school shall be admitted to 
the elementary courses in that same language 
for credit, except by written permission of the 
chairman of the department. 

E. Natural Sciences - Chemistry 108, 115. 

F. Social Sciences - Psychology 1 10 and 
117; Sociology/Anthropology — one from 
among 1 10, 1 14, 220, 222, 224, 227, 228, 
229, 331, 334 and 335. 

Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

I. Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across 
the Curriculum Program has been developed 
in response to the conviction that writing skill 
promotes intellectual growth and is a hall- 
mark of the educated person. The program 
has therefore been designed to achieve two 
major, interrelated objectives: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



1) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students 
are given opportunities to write in a variety 
of contexts and in a substantial number of 
courses, in which they receive faculty 
guidance and reinforcement. 

n. Program Requirements 

In order to graduate from Lycoming, all 
students must complete the following writing 
requirements: 

1) English 105 or exemption from the 
course. 

2) English 106 (Composition) and one 
other English course. 

3) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

4) Two courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 

• Successful completion of English 106 
is a prerequisite for enrollment in 
writing-intensive courses. 

• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• Each student must complete one "W" 
course from among those offered by the 
major department, or, with department 
approval, from a related department. 
The other "W" course completed must 
be from a department other than the 
major department. In the case of 
students with multiple majors, one "W" 
course must be completed from one of 
those majors. The second course may 
be taken in one of the student's other 
majors. 

• Students should take one "W" course 
during the sophomore year and one 
during the junior year — although other 
sequences are possible and may, in 
certain circumstances, be advisable. 

• A writing-intensive course may not 
duplicate a course taken to satisfy 2) 
above 



CONCENTRATION 

The Major 

Otudents are required to complete a 
series of courses in one departmental or 
interdisciplinary (established or individual) 
major. Specific course requirements for each 
major offered by the College are listed in the 
curriculum section of this catalog. Students 
must earn a 2.0 or higher grade point average 
in those courses stipulated as comprising the 
major. Students must declare a major by the 
beginning of their junior year. Departmental 
and established interdisciplinary majors are 
declared in the Office of the Registrar, 
whereas individual interdisciplinary majors 
must be approved by the Committee on 
Curriculum Development. Students may 
complete more than one major, each of which 
will be recorded on the transcript. Students 
may be removed from major status if they are 
not making satisfactory progress in their 
major. This action is taken by the Dean of 
the College upon the recommendation of the 
department, coordinating committee (for 
established interdisciplinary majors), or 
Curriculum Development Committee (for 
individual interdisciplinary majors). The 
decision of the Dean of the College may be 
appealed to the Academic Standards Com- 
mittee by the student involved or by the 
recommending department or committee. 

Departmental Majors — The following 

Deparunental majors are available: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business AdminisU"ation 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Economics 

English 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



"niE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 
French, German, Spanish 
History 

Mass Communication 
Mathematics 
Music 
Nursing 
Philosophy 
Physics 

Political Science 
Psychology 
Religion 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Theatre 

Established Interdisciplinary Majors — 

The following established interdisciplinary 
majors include course work in two or more 
departments: 

Accounting/Mathematical Sciences 

American Studies 

Criminal Justice 

International Studies 

Literature 

Near East Culture and Archaeology 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique 
to their needs and objectives and which 
combine course work in more than one 
department. These majors are developed in 
consultation with students' faculty advisors 
and with a panel of faculty members from 
each of the sponsoring departments. The 
applications are acted upon by the Curricu- 
lum Development Committee. The major 
normally consists of 10 courses beyond those 
taken to satisfy the distribution requirements. 
Students are expected to complete at least six 
courses at the junior or senior level. Ex- 
amples of individual interdisciplinary majors 
are; Racial and Cultural Minorities, Illustra- 
tion in the Print Medium, Environmental 
Law, Advertising, Art/Business, Human 
Behavior, and Images of Man. 



Major in Sculpture Leading to 
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree — Through a 
cooperative program with the Johnson Atelier 
Technical Institute of Sculpture in 
Mercerville, New Jersey, students may earn a 
B.F.A. degree in sculpture. The major 
consists of a core academic program, a 
course of study in art, elective courses, and 
an apprenticeship at the Johnson Atelier. 

The Minor 

1 he College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors 
are subject to the following limitations: 

• A minor must include at least two courses 
which are not counted in the student's 
major. 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 
not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major disci- 
pline is Art and the minor is Art History. (A 
discipUne is any course of study in which a 
student can major. Tracks within majors are 
not separate disciplines.) 

• A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 

• Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
minor by signing a form available in the 
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty 
signatures, and returning the completed form 
to the Office of the Registrar. 

When students complete a minor, the title 
will be indicated on their official transcript. 
Students must meet the requirements for the 
minor which are in effect at the time they 
declare a minor or which are in effect 
subsequent to that time before they graduate. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Departmental Minors — Requirements for 
a departmental minor vary from department 
to department. Students interested in pursu- 
ing a departmental minor should consult that 
department for its policy regarding minors. 

Departmental minors are available in the 
following areas: 

ACCOUNTING 

Financial Accounting 

Managerial Accounting 

Federal Income Tax 
ART 

Art History 

Commercial Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Marketing 

Finance 
CHEMISTRY 
ECONOMICS 
ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
MASS COMMUNICATION 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 

The History of Philosophy 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

Foreign Affairs 

Legal Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Theatre History & Literature 

Performance 

Technical Theatre 

Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdiscipli- 
nary minors include course work in two or 
more departments. Students interested in 
interdisciplinary minors should consult the 
faculty coordinator of that minor. Interdisci- 
plinary minors are available in the following 
areas: BIBLICAL LANGUAGES, CRIMI- 
NAL JUSTICE, MASS COMMUNICA- 
TION, and WOMEN'S STUDIES. 

ACADEMIC ADVISING 

vJne advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student 
and the College faculty who care about that 
student's personal, academic, and profes- 
sional aspirations. The student can draw 
upon their years of experience to resolve 
questions about social adjustment, workload, 
study skills, tutoring and more. Perhaps the 
member of the faculty with the most impact 
on a student is the academic advisor. 

The freshman advisor, whom the student 
meets at summer orientation, assists with 
course selection by providing accurate 
information about requirements and programs 
and with personal adjustment by helping the 
student discover life and career goals. In 
addition, the advisor will refer students to 
other campus resources whenever the need is 
apparent. 

During the sophomore year, the student 
will choose a major and select an advisor 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



from the major department. The new 
advisor, while serving as a resource, can best 
advise that student about course selection and 
career opportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to 
contribute to students' development in yet 
another way. They insist that students 
assume full responsibility for their decisions 
and academic progress. By doing so, they 
help to prepare them for the harder choices 
and responsibilities of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
programs for careers in medicine, law and 
religion. Interested students should register 
with the appropriate advisory committee 
immediately after deciding to enter one of 
these professions. 

COOPERATIVE 
PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several 
cooperative programs to provide students 
with opportunities to extend their knowledge, 
abilities, and talents in selected areas through 
access to the specialized academic programs 
and faciUties of other colleges, universities, 
academies and hospitals. Although thorough 
advising and curricular planning are provided 
for each of the cooperative programs, 
admission to Lycoming and registration in 
the program of choice do not guarantee 
admission to the cooperating institution. The 
prerogative of admitting students to the 
cooperative aspect of the program rests with 
the cooperating institution. Students who are 
interested in a cooperative program should 
contact the coordinator during the first week 
of the first semester of their enrollment at 
Lycoming. This is necessary to plan their 
course programs in a manner that will ensure 
completion of required courses according to 
the schedule stipulated for the program. All 
cooperative programs require special coor- 
dination of course scheduling at Lycoming. 



Engineering — Combining the advantages 
of a liberal arts education and the technical 
training of an engineering curriculum, this 
program is offered in conjunction with The 
Pennsylvania State University. Students 
complete three years of study at Lycoming 
and two years at the cooperating university. 
Upon satisfactory completion of the first year 
of engineering studies, Lycoming awards a 
Bachelor of Arts degree. When students 
successfully complete the second year of 
engineering studies, the cooperating univer- 
sity awards a Bachelor of Science degree in 
engineering. 

At Lycoming, students complete the dis- 
tribution program and courses in physics, 
mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva- 
nia State University offers aerospace, 
agricultural, ceramic, chemical, civil, 
electrical, engineering science, industrial, 
mechanical, mining and nuclear engineering. 

Forestry or Environmental Studies — 

Lycoming College offers a cooperative 
program with Duke University in environ- 
mental management and forestry. Qualified 
students can earn the baccalaureate and 
master degrees in five years, spending three 
years at Lycoming and two years at Duke. 
All Lycoming distribution and major require- 
ments must be completed by the end of the 
junior year. At the end of the first year at 
Duke, a baccalaureate degree will be awarded 
by Lycoming. Duke will award the profes- 
sional degree of Master of Forestry or Master 
of Environmental Management to qualified 
candidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco- 
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 

The program is flexible enough, however, 
to accommodate a variety of individual 
designs. An undergraduate major in one of 
the natural sciences, social sciences, or 
business may provide good preparation for 
the programs at Duke, but a student with any 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



undergraduate concentration will be consid- 
ered for admission. All students need at least 
two courses each in biology, mathematics, 
and economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in 
July after their junior year at Lycoming with 
a one-month session of field work in natural 
resource management. They must complete 
a total of 48 units which generally takes four 
semesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
baccalaureate degree before undertaking 
graduate study at Duke. The master degree 
requirements for these students are the same 
as for those students entering after the junior 
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
reduced for completed relevant undergradu- 
ate work of satisfactory quality. All credit 
reductions are determined individually and 
consider the students' educational background 
and objectives. 

Medical Technology - Students desiring a 
career in medical technology may either 
complete a Bachelor of Arts program 
followed by a clinical internship at any 
American Medical Association-accredited 
hospital, or they may complete the coopera- 
tive program. Students electing the coopera- 
tive program normally study for three years 
at Lycoming, during which time they 
complete 24 unit courses, including the 
College distribution requirements, a major, 
and requirements of the National Accrediting 
Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences 
(NAACLS). The current requirements of the 
NAACLS are: four courses in chemistry (one 
of which must be either organic or biochem- 
istry); four courses in biology (including 
courses in microbiology and immunology), 
and one course in mathematics. 

Students in the cooperative program 
usually major in biology, following a 
modified major of six unit courses that 
exempts them from Ecology (Biology 224) 
and Plant Sciences (Biology 225). Students 



must take either Microbiology (Biology 221) 
or Microbiology for the Health Sciences 
(Biology 226), and either Animal Physiology 
(Biology 223) or Cell Physiology (Biology 
335). The cooperative program requires 
successful completion of a one-year intern- 
ship at an American Medical Association- 
accredited hospital. Lycoming is affiliated 
with the following accredited hospitals: 
Divine Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert 
Packer, Lancaster, and Abington. Students in 
the cooperative program receive credit at 
Lycoming for each of eight courses in 
biology and chemistry successfully com- 
pleted during the clinical internship. Suc- 
cessful completion of the Registry Examina- 
tion is not considered a graduation require- 
ment at Lycoming College. 

Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming 
must complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated 
above. Upon graduation, such students may 
apply for admission to a clinical program at 
any hospital. 

Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Curriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylva- 
nia College of Optometry after only three 
years at Lycoming College. 

After four years at the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry, a student will earn a 
Doctor of Optometry degree. Selection of 
candidates for the professional segment of the 
program is completed by the admissions 
committee of the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry during the student's third year 
at Lycoming. (This is one of two routes that 
students may choose. Any student, of 
course, may follow the regular application 
procedures for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry or another college of 
optometry to matriculate following comple- 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



tion of his or her baccalaureate program.) 
During the three years at Lycoming College, 
the student will complete 24 unit courses, 
including all distribution requirements, and 
will prepare for his or her professional 
training by obtaining a solid foundation in 
biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat- 
ics. During the first year of study at the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry, the 
student will take 39 semester hours of basic 
science courses in addition to introductions to 
optometry and health care. Successful 
completion of the first year of professional 
training will complete the course require- 
ments for the B.A. degree at Lycoming 
College. 

Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (Biology 224) 
and Plant Sciences (Biology 225). (This 
modified major requires the successful 
completion of the initial year at the Pennsyl- 
vania College of Optometry.) Students 
desiring other majors must coordinate their 
plans with the Health Professions Advisory 
Committee in order to ensure that they have 
satisfied all requirements. 

Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
may either seek admission to a college of 
podiatric medicine upon completion of the 
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the 
Accel-erated Podiatric Medical Education- 
Curriculum Program (APMEC). The latter 
program provides an opportunity for students 
to qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the 
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) 
after three years of study at Lycoming. At 
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program 
must successfully complete 24 unit courses, 
including the distribution requirements and a 



basic foundation in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students 
must successfully complete a program of 
basic science courses and an introduction to 
podiatry. Successful completion of the first 
year of professional training will contribute 
toward the fulfillment of the course require- 
ments for a Bachelor of Arts degree at 
Lycoming. 

Students in the cooperative program who 
major in biology will be allowed to complete 
a modified major which will exempt them 
from two biology courses: Ecology (Biology 
224) and Plant Sciences (Biology 225) (This 
modified major requires the successful 
completion of the initial year at PCPM or 
OCPM.) 

Students interested in a career in podiatric 
medicine should indicate their intentions to 
the Health Professions Advisory Committee. 

Sculpture — The Art Department with the 
Johnson Atelier Technical Institute of 
Sculpture in Mercerville, New Jersey, offers 
a B.F.A. degree in sculpture. The Atelier 
uses a classical apprenticeship approach as its 
teaching method. This ancient method of 
teaching is combined at Johnson with the 
most modem and technically advanced 
foundry and fabricating techniques. 

The Art Department offers a synthesis 
program that interrelates the student experi- 
ence at both institutions. This is achieved by 
having the student rotate between Lycoming 
and the Atelier so that each form of education 
is a preparation for the other. Lycoming 
offers a core academic program, a course of 
study in the Art Department, and elective 
course opportunities. Lycoming gives eight 
course units of college credit to the student 
for having successfully completed one of the 
apprenticeship programs at the Johnson 
Atelier. 

All work completed by the student at 
Lycoming by the end of the sophomore 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



year will be applicable to a Bachelor of Arts 
degree with a major in art should the student 
decide to withdraw from the B.F.A. program. 
If the student should withdraw from the 
cooperative program prior to completing the 
apprenticeship at the Johnson Atelier, 
Lycoming will give up to four units of credits 
or one semester's work for the internship. If, 
however, the student completes more work at 
the Atelier than the four units, that extra 
work will not be credited to a Bachelor of 
Arts degree; it will only be counted toward a 
Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, and then only 
if the course at the Atelier is completed. 

This course of study is very rigorous. It 
requires the student to study almost continu- 
ously, either at Lycoming or at the Johnson 
Atelier, during the four years it takes to 
complete the degree. (See Art Department 
listing for specific program.) 

U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training 
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
provides an opportunity for Lycoming 
students to enroll in R.O.T.C, Lycoming 
notes enrollment in and successful comple- 
tion of the program on student transcripts. 
Military Science is a four- year program 
divided into a basic coiu-se given during the 
freshman and sophomore years and an 
advanced course given during the junior and 
senior years. Students who have not com- 
pleted the basic course may qualify for the 
advanced course by completing summer 
camp between the sophomore and junior 
years. Students enrolled in the advanced 
course receive an annual stipend of $1,000. 
One course each in written communication, 
human behavior, and military history will 
fulfill the professional military education 
requirements. R.O.T.C. scholarship cadets 
must also complete one semester of a foreign 
language. 

Students successfully completing the 
advanced course and advanced summer 
camp between the junior and senior years 



will qualify for a commission as a Second 
Lieutenant in the United States Army upon 
graduation, and will incur a service obliga- 
tion in the active Army or Army Reserves. 
The only expense to the student for this 
program is the $75 uniform deposit, which is 
refundable, less costs. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL 
PREPARATION 

Preparation for Educational 
Professions — Lycoming College believes 
that the liberal arts provide the best prepara- 
tion for future teachers. Thus, all education 
students complete a liberal arts major in 
addition to the Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate requirements. Students 
can be certified in elementary education or 
one or more of the following secondary 
areas: art (K-12), biology, chemistry, 
English, French, general science (with 
biology or astronomy/physics tracks), 
German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics, 
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher- 
education programs are approved by the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education. 
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in 
most other states either through reciprocal 
agreements or by transcript evaluation. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, 
osteopathic, pediatric and veterinary medi- 
cine, optometry, and pharmacy) is organized 
around a sound foundation in biology, 
chemistry, mathematics, and physics and 
a wide range of subject matter from the 
humanities, social sciences, and fine arts. At 
least three years of undergraduate study is 
recommended before entry into a profes- 
sional school; the normal procedure is to 
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



should make their intentions known to the 
Admissions Office when applying and to the 
Health Professions Advisory Committee 
(HP AC) during their first semester. This 
committee advises students concerning 
preparation for and application to health- 
professions schools. All pre-health profes- 
sions students are invited to join the student 
Pre-Health Professions Association. (See also 
descriptions of the nursing program and of the 
cooperative programs in pediatric medicine, 
optometry, and medical technology.) 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or area of study; 
rather, a student is encouraged to design a 
course of study (traditional or interdiscipli- 
nary major) which is of personal interest and 
significance. While no specific major is 
recommended, there are certain skills of 
particular relevance to the pre-law student: 
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading 
comprehension. These skills should be 
developed during the undergraduate years. 

Pre-law students should register with the 
Legal Professions Advisory Committee 
(LPAC) upon entering Lycoming and should 
join the Pre-Law Society on campus. LPAC 
assists the pre-law student through advising, 
compilation of recommendations, and 
dissemination of information and materials 
about law and the legal profession. The Pre- 
Law Society sponsors films, speakers, and 
field trips, including visits to law school 
campuses. 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

The Theological Professions Advisory 
Committee (TPAC) acts as a "center" for 
students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the 
needs of students who want to prepare them- 
selves for the ministry, religious education, 
advanced training in religion, or related 



vocations. Also, it may help coordinate 
internships for students who desire practical 
experience in the parish ministry or related 
areas. Upon entering Lycoming, students 
should register with TPAC if they plan to 
investigate the religious vocations. 

In general, students preparing to attend a 
theological seminary should examine the 
suggestions set down by the Association of 
Theological Schools (available from TPAC). 
Recommended is a broad program in the 
liberal arts, a major in one of the humanities 
(English, history, languages, literature, 
philosophy, religion) or one of the social 
sciences (American studies, criminal justice, 
economics, international studies, political 
science, psychology, sociology-anthropol- 
ogy), and a variety of electives. Students 
preparing for a career in religious education 
should major in religion and elect five or six 
courses in psychology, education and 
sociology. This program of study will qualify 
students to work as educational assistants or 
directors of religious education after graduate 
study in a theological seminary, 

THE HONORS PROGRAM 

The Scholar Program 

1 he Lycoming College Scholar Program 
is a special program designed to meet the 
needs and aspirations of highly motivated 
students of superior intellectual ability. The 
Lycoming Scholar satisfies the College's 
distribution requirements, generally on a 
more exacting level and with more challeng- 
ing courses than the average student. 
Lycoming Scholars also participate in special 
interdisciplinary seminars and in serious 
independent study culminating in a senior 
project. Scholars may audit a fifth course 
each semester at no additional cost. In 
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the 
usual limitations on independent studies by 
the Individual Studies Committee. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Students are admitted to the program by 
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group 
which oversees the program. The council 
consists of a director and four other faculty 
selected by the Dean of the College, and four 
students elected by current scholars. The 
guidelines governing selection of new 
scholars are flexible; academic excellence, 
intellectual curiosity, and creativity are all 
taken into account. Students who desire to 
participate in the Scholar Program but are not 
invited may petition the Scholar Council for 
consideration. Petitioning students should 
provide the Scholar Council with letters of 
recommendation from Lycoming faculty and 
a transcript to be sent to the director of the 
Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must 
maintain a cumulative average of 3.0 
or better. Students who drop below this 
average will be placed on Scholar probation 
for one semester. After one semester, they 
will be asked to leave the program if their 
GPA has not returned to 3.0 or higher. To 
graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at 
least a 3.0 cumulative average. Scholars 
must successfully complete five Lycoming 
Scholars Seminars, as well as the non- 
credit Senior Scholar Seminar in which they 
present the results of their independent 
studies. In addition, the following distribu- 
tion requirements must be met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A. and B.F.A. Programs 

A. English — Scholars must complete 
English 106 and one literature course 
numbered 200 or higher. The Scholar 
Council strongly recommends that qualified 
scholars enroll in the honors section of 
English 106 if scheduling permits. English 
106 must be taken during the freshman year. 

B. Foreign Language or Mathematical 
Sciences — Scholars must satisfy the 



requirement in either language or mathemati- 
cal sciences. 

LANGUAGE — Scholars must complete two 
courses numbered 1 11 or higher (excluding 
courses taught in English). 

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES — The 
mathematical placement test determines 
whether a Scholar must take two or three 
courses for distribution. At least one course 
must be selected from Mathematics 116, 128, 
130, or 214. Only one computer science 
course may be used to fulfill the mathemati- 
cal sciences requirements. 

C. Philosophy or Religion — Scholars must 
satisfy this requirement in either of the two 
areas. 

PHILOSOPHY — Two courses numbered 
221 or higher. 

RELIGION — Two courses numbered 222 or 
higher. 

D. Fine Arts — Scholars must satisfy the 
requirement in one of four areas. 

ART — Two options are available in art. 
Either two courses from Art 222, 223, 331, 
332, 333, 334, 335 (Art History), OR two 
courses from Art 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 and 225 
(Studio Art). 

MUSIC — The equivalent of two units of 
credit from Music 117, 160-169, 330 or 
higher. 

THEATRE — Two courses from Theatre 140 
or higher, excluding Theatre 148. 

LITERATURE — Two literature courses from 
English 220 or higher. Foreign Languages 
and Literatures 225, or French, German, or 
Spanish 323 or higher. 

E. Natural Sciences — Scholars must 
satisfy the requirements in one of three areas. 

ASTRONOMY/PHYSICS — Two courses 
numbered HI or higher. Biology: Two 
courses numbered 1 10 or higher, excluding 
114 and 115. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



CHEMISTRY 
or higher. 



Two courses numbered 110 



F. History and Social Sciences — Scholars 
must satisfy the requirements in one of five 
areas. 

ECONOMICS — Two courses numbered 1 10 
or higher. 

HISTORY — Two courses, one of which 
must be numbered 200 or higher. 

POUTICAL SCIENCE — Two courses 
numbered 1 16 or higher. 

PSYCHOLOGY — 1^0 courses including 
Psychology 1 10 and one course numbered 
224 or higher (excluding Psychology 338). 

SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY —T\^o 
courses from Sociology 1 10, 220, 224, 226, 
227, 229, 300 or higher. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.S.N. Program 

A. English — Same as for B.A. and B.F.A. 
degrees. 

B. Mathematical Science — Same as for 
AB and BFA degrees. (Note that the nursing 
major requires Mathematics 103 and one 
from Computer Science 108,125 or Mathe- 
matics 214). 

C. Philosophy or Religion — Met by taking 
Philosophy 219 and Religion 120. 

D. Fine Arts/Language — Same as for B.A. 
and B.F.A. scholars. 

E. Natural Sciences — Met by Biology 113, 
Biology 114, Biology 226 (required for the 
major). 

F. History and Social Science — Met by 

Psychology 110, Psychology 117, (required 
for the major) and one course in Sociology 
300 or higher. (This sociology course may 
be taken in lieu of the introductory guided 
elective in Sociology for the B.S.N.) 



All Scholars Must Complete The 
Following: 

G. Physical Education — Scholars must 
satisfy the same physical education require- 
ments stipulated by the College for all 
students. 

H. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held 
every semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. They meet for 
one hour each week (Tuesdays at noon) and 
carry one hour of credit. Grades are "A/F" 
and are based on students' performance. 
Lycoming Scholars are required to success- 
fully complete five seminars and they are 
permitted to register for as many as eight. 
Topics for each academic year will be 
selected by the Scholar Council and an- 
nounced before spring registration of the 
previous year. Students must be accepted 
into the Scholar Program before they enroll 
in a Scholar Seminar. Scholars are strongly 
urged to register for a least one seminar 
during the freshman year. 

L Senior Project — In the senior year, 
scholars must successfully complete an 
independent studies or departmental honors 
project which has been approved in advance 
by the Independent Studies Committee and 
the Scholar Council. This project must be 
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar 
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. 

J. Major — Scholars must complete a major 
and 32 units, exclusive of the Senior Scholar 
Seminar. 

Note to Transfer Students — In the case of 
transfer students and those who seek to enter 
the program after their freshman year and in 
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
involve special or extraordinary circum- 
stances, the Council shall make adjustments 
to the scholar distribution requirements 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



provided that in all cases such exceptions and 
adjustments would still satisfy the regular 
College distribution requirements. 

Departmental Honors 

rlonors projects are normally under- 
taken only in a student's major, and are 
available only to exceptionally well-qualified 
students who have a solid background in the 
area of the project and are capable of 
considerable self-direction. The prerequisites 
for registration in an honors program are as 
follows: 

• A faculty member from the department(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies 

Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following condi- 
tions in accordance with guidelines estab- 
lished by the Committee on Individual 
Studies: 

• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 
techniques and principles employed and the 
nature of the achievement represented in the 
project shall be also submitted 



• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee 

• The Honors Committee must certify that the 
student has successfully defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement 
is clearly superior to that which would 
ordinarily be required to earn a grade of "A" 
in a regular independent studies course 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in 
the College library. In the event that the 
study is not completed successfully or is not 
deemed worthy of honors, the student shall 
be re-registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

FACILITIES AND 
PROGRAMS 

Academic Resource Center — The Aca- 
demic Resource Center, located on the first 
floor of Rich Hall, provides a variety of free 
services to the campus community. 

Writing Center — Working one-on-one. 
Writing Tutors use questioning techniques to 
help others improve individual papers while 
developing confidence and independence as 
writers. Other services include the Paper 
File, a file of graded essays maintained by 
course; the Writing Room, a quiet place for 
writers to work; self-paced, computer assisted 
typing instruction; and the Documentation 
Style Manual for use when citing sources on 
research projects. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Tutoring Center — The ARC provides one- 
on-one peer tutoring in math, foreign 
languages, and sciences on a walk-in basis 
and peer tutoring by arrangement in other 
subjects. Tutors assist students with home- 
work assignments and exam review. 

Survival Skills Program — The ARC and 

volunteer faculty conduct a group of study 
skills workshops on time management, note- 
taking from lectures, reading textbooks, 
successful study techniques and WordPerfect. 

Freshman Seminar/Office of Assistant 
Dean for Freshmen — The Freshman 
Seminar, Crossing Thresholds, occurs the 
weekend before classes begin. Over the 
summer readings are sent to the freshmen 
who will meet in small discussion groups 
with faculty and upperclassmen. A variety of 
academic and social activities are integrated 
into this weekend, which is designed to 
facilitate the student's transition to college. 
The Office of Assistant Dean for Fresh- 
men develops the Seminar and works with 
the freshmen throughout the year on individ- 
ual academic needs. 

May Term — The May term is a four- week 
voluntary session designed to provide 
students with courses listed in the catalog and 
experimental and special courses that are not 
normally available during the fall and spring 
semesters and summer term. Some courses 
are offered on campus; others involve travel. 
A number offer interdisciplinary credit. 
Examples of the types of courses offered 
during the May term are: 

STUDY-TRAVEL: Cultural tours of Ger- 
many, Spain, and France; Archaeological 
expeditions to study tricultural communities 
in New Mexico; Utopian Communities; 
Revolutionary and Civil War Sites; Colonial 
America on Tour; Art on the East Coast; The 
New Kingdom in Ancient Egypt. 
ON -CAMPUS: Field Geology, Field Orni- 
thology, Energy Economics, Writer's 



Seminar, Psychology of Group Processes, 
Collective Bargaining, Aquatic Biology, 
Medical Genetics, Energy Alternatives, 
White Collar Crime, Lasers and their 
AppUcations, Selected Short Story Writers 
and their Works, Popular Forms of Contem- 
porary Fiction, Administrative and Organiza- 
tional Behavior of Police, Plant and Green- 
house Management and Street Law. 

Although participation in the May term is 
voluntary, student response has been out- 
standing with approximately 20 percent of 
the student body enrolling. In addition to 
the courses themselves, attractions include 
small and informal classes and reduced 
tuition rates. 

Independent Studies — Independent studies 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductory, intermediate, or ad- 
vanced) and in any department, whether or 
not the student is a major in that department. 
Studies projects which duplicate catalog 
courses are subject to the same provisions 
which apply to all studies projects. In order 
for a student to be registered in an indepen- 
dent study course, the following conditions 
must be satisfied: 

1) An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 

2) The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the catalog 
course as an independent studies course. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



3) After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 
Studies. 

Participation in independent studies 
projects, with the exception of those which 
duplicate catalog courses, is subject to the 
following: 

• Students may not engage in more than one 
independent studies project during any 
given semester. 

• Students may not engage in more than two 
independent studies projects during their 
academic careers at Lycoming College. 

• The Individual Studies Committee may 
exempt members of the Lycoming 
College Scholar Program from these two 
limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any 
other exceptions to these two rules must be 
approved by the Committee on Academic 
Standards. 

Internship Program — An internship is a 
course jointly sponsored by the College and a 
public or private agency or subdivision of the 
College in which a student is able to earn 
college credit by participating in some active 
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 
At least one-half of the effort expended by 
the intern should consist of academic work 
related to agency situations. The objectives 
of the internship program are: 

1) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and information through experiences 
outside the classroom or other campus 
situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 



Any junior or senior student in good 
academic standing may petition the Commit- 
tee on Individual Studies for approval to 
serve as an intern. A maximum of 16 credits 
can be earned through the Internship Pro- 
gram. Guidelines for program development, 
assignment of tasks and academic require- 
ments, such as exams, papers, reports, grades, 
etc., are established in consultation with a 
faculty director at Lycoming and an agency 
supervisor at the place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have 
participated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 
Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalau- 
reate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elemen- 
tary education or one or more of the follow- 
ing secondary areas: art, biology chemistry, 
English, French, general science (with 
biology or astronomy/physics tracks), 
German, mathematics, music, physics, social 
studies, and Spanish. 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department 
for admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a 
teaching position. Necessary professional 
coursework can be completed prior to the 
teaching experience when individuals obtain 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



teaching positions. (See Education Depart- 
ment on page 92 for course listing.) 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 
development and field study is now available 
to Lycoming students. The program compo- 
nents are: field placement; City Seminar; 
evening seminars; and living and learning in 
the city. The program is open to students 
majoring in any discipline or program. The 
Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored 
and administered by the Great Lakes Col- 
leges Association (Albion, Antioch, Denison, 
De Pauw, Earlham, Hope, Kalamazoo, 
Kenyon, Oberlin, Ohio Wesleyan, 
Wabash, Wooster). 

Normally the above special semester 
programs are open only to juniors. 

Washington, United Nations and London 
Semesters and Capitol Semester Internship 
Program — With the consent of the Depart- 
ment of Political Science, selected students 
are permitted to study in Washington, D.C., 
at The American University for one semester. 
They may choose from seven different 
programs: Washington Semester, Urban 
Semester, Foreign Policy Semester, Interna- 
tional Development Semester, Economic 
Policy Semester, Science and Technology 
Semester, or American Studies Semester. 

With the consent of either the Department 
of History or Political Science, selected 
students may enroll at Drew University in 
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations 
Semester, which is designed to provide a 
first-hand acquaintance with the world 
organization. Students with special interests 
in world history, international relations, law, 
and politics are eligible to participate. 

The London Semester programs of Drew 
and The American University emphasize 
European history, politics, and culture. 
Interested students may participate with the 



consent of either the Departments of History 
or Political Science. 
The Capitol Semester Internship Program is 
available to eligible students on a competi- 
tive basis. The program is co-sponsored by 
Pennsylvania's Office of Administration and 
Departments of Education. Paid Internships 
are available to students in most majors. 
Interested students should contact the Career 
Development Center for additional 
information. 

Study Abroad — Students have the opportu- 
nity to study abroad under the auspices of 
approved universities and agencies. While 
study abroad is particularly attractive to 
students majoring in foreign languages and 
literatures, this opportunity is open to all 
students in good academic standing. Mastery 
of a foreign language is desirable but not 
required in all programs. Dr. Barbara F. 
Buedel, assistant professor of Spanish, serves 
as coordinator for the Study Abroad Program. 
Interested students may contact her about 
opportunities available and procedural 
questions. 

Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
College has established a cooperative program 
with Moorhead State University enabling 
teacher education students to do all or part of 
their student teaching in a foreign country. 

This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geo- 
graphical areas that will enrich their back- 
grounds, serve their special interests and 
expand their cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare 
of students engaged in or en route to or from 
any off-campus studies or activities which are 
not under the exclusive jurisdiction of this 
institution. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS 




Academic 
POLICIES And 
Regulations 

THE UNIT 
COURSE SYSTEM 

Instruction at Lycoming College is 
organized, with few exceptions, on a depart- 
mental basis. Most courses are unit courses, 
meaning that each course taken is considered 
to be equivalent to four semester hours of 
credit. Exceptions occur in applied music 
and theatre practicum courses, which are 
offered for either one-half or one semester 
hour of credit, and in departments that have 
elected to offer certain courses for the 
equivalent of one, two or three semester 
hours of credit. Furthermore, independent 



studies and internships carrying two semester 
hours of credit may be designed. 

The normal student course load is four 
courses during the fall and spring semesters. 
Students who elect to attend the special 
sessions may enroll in one course during the 
May term and one or two courses in the 
summer term. A student is considered full 
time when enrolled for a minimum of three 
courses during the fall or spring semesters, 
one course for the May term, and two courses 
for the summer term. 

Students may enroll in five courses during 
the fall and spring semesters if they are 
Lycoming scholars or were admitted to the 
Dean's List at the end of the previous 
semester. Exceptions may be granted by the 
Dean of the College. Overloads are not 
permitted during the May and summer terms. 

ALTERNATIVE CREDIT 

SOURCES 

Transfer Credit 

JVlatriculated students who wish to study 
at other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor and 
the Lycoming College Registrar. Course 
work counting toward a major or minor must 
be approved in advance by the chairperson of 
the department in which the major or minor 
is offered. Once a course is approved, the 
credit and grades for the course will be 
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the 
student's grade point average as if the courses 
were taken here. This means that "D" and 
"F' grades will be transferred as well as all 
other grades. In addition, students are 
expected to be registered at Lycoming for 
their last eight courses. Requests for waivers 
of this regulation must be sent to the Commit- 
tee on Academic Standards. Final determina- 
tion of transfer credit will be made by the 
Lycoming College Registrar based on official 
transcripts only. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADENDC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS 



Credit By Examination 

Advanced Placement — Entering freshmen 
who have completed an advanced course 
while in secondary school and who have 
taken the appropriate advanced-placement 
examination of the College Entrance Exami- 
nation Board (CEEB) are encouraged to 
apply for credit and advanced placement at 
the time of admission. A grade of three or 
above is considered satisfactory. Students 
should inform the Registrar's Office and their 
academic advisor immediately when ad- 
vanced placement examinations have 
been taken. 

College Level Examination Progam 
(CLEP) - Students may earn college credit 
for superior achievement through CLEP. By 
scoring at the 75th percentile or above on the 
General Examinations and in the 65th 
percentile or above on approved Subject 
Examinations, students may earn up to 50 
percent of the course requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree. Although these 
examinations may be taken after enrollment, 
new students who are competent in a given 
area are encouraged to take the examination 
of their choice during the second semester of 
their senior year so that Lycoming will have 
the test scores available for registration 
advising for the first semester of enrollment. 
Further information about CLEP may be 
obtained through the secondary school 
guidance office or the Office of Admissions 
or the Registrar at Lycoming College. 
Students should inform the Registrar's Office 
and their academic advisors immediately 
when CLEP examinations have been taken. 

REGISTRATION 

Uuring the registration period, students 
select their courses for the next semester and 
register their course selections in the Office 
of the Registrar. Course selection is made in 



consultation with the student's faculty 
advisor in order to insure that the course 
schedule is consistent with College require- 
ments and student goals. After the registra- 
tion period, any change in the student's 
course schedule must be approved by both 
the faculty advisor and Office of the 
Registrar. Students may not receive credit 
for courses in which they are not formally 
registered. 

During the first five days of classes, 
students may drop any course without any 
record of such enrollment appearing on 
their permanent record, and they may add 
any course that is not closed. The permanent 
record will reflect the student's registration 
as of the conclusion of the drop/add period. 
Students wishing to withdraw from a course 
between the fifth day and the 12th week of 
classes must secure a withdrawal form from 
the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal 
grades are not computed in the grade point 
average. Students may not withdraw from 
courses after the 12th week of a semester and 
the comparable period during the May and 
summer terms. 

In two-credit (1/2 unit) courses meeting 
only during the last half of any semester, 
students may drop/add for a period of five 
days, effective with the mid-term date shown 
on the academic calendar. Withdrawal from 
half-semester courses with a withdrawal 
grade may occur within six weeks of the 
beginning of the course. It is understood that 
the period of time at the beginning of the 
semester will be identical, for example, a 
period of five days as indicated above. 

Cross Registration 

A special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at Penn College while remaining 
enrolled in courses at Lycoming. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POUaES AND REGULATIONS 



NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Otudents who do not wish to pursue a 
degree at Lycoming College may, if space 
permits, register for credit or audit courses on 
either a part-time or full-time basis. Students 
who register for one or two courses are 
considered to be enrolled part-time; students 
who register for three or four courses are 
considered to be enrolled full-time. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non- 
degree student must fill out an application 
form in the Admissions Office, pay a one- 
time application fee and pay the tuition rate 
in effect at the time of each enrollment. 
After a non-degree student has attempted four 
courses, the Dean of the College reserves the 
right to grant or deny permission to continue 
to register in this category. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College 
as stated in the College Catalog and the 
Student Handbook. The College reserves the 
right to deny permission to register individu- 
als who do not meet the standards of the 
College. 

Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must reapply (with 
no application fee) and satisfy all conditions 
for admission and registration in effect at the 
time of application for degree status. 

AUDITORS 

Any person may audit courses at Lycom- 
ing at one-fourth tuition per course. Mem- 
bers of the Lycoming College Scholar 
Program may audit a fifth course per semes- 
ter at no additional charge. Laboratory and 
other special fees must be paid in full. 
Examinations, papers, and other evaluation 
devices are not required of auditors, but 
individual arrangements may be made to 
complete such exercises with consent of the 
instructor. The option to audit a course must 
be declared during the same period (currently 



five days) at the beginning of each semester, 
half-semester, or term as drop/add and pass/ 
fail and must be completed in the Registrar's 
Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

1 he academic program at Lycoming is 
based upon the assumption that there is value 
in class attendance for all students. Individ- 
ual instructors have the prerogative of 
establishing reasonable absence regulations 
in any course. The student is responsible for 
learning and observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

A student who wishes to withdraw 
from the College during the semester should 
contact the Office of Career Management 
Services. College personnel will explain the 
procedure to ensure that the student's 
financial and academic records are properly 
closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue 
study at the College as of the conclusion of 
the current semester must provide the 
Registrar with written notification of such 
plans in order to receive a refund of the 
contingency deposit. See page 18 for details. 

The student may also wish to review the 
Leave of Absence section of the Student 
Handbook. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

1 he evaluation of student performance in 
credit courses is indicated by the use of 
traditional letter symbols. These symbols 
and their definitions are as follows: 

A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior 
achievement through mastery of content or 
skills and demonstration of creative and 
independent thinking. 



1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POUCmS AND REGULATIONS 



B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. 
C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
been of average quality and quantity. The 
student has demonstrated basic competence 
in the subject area and may enroll in addi- 
tional course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only 
the minimum requirements for passing the 
course and should not continue in the subject 
area without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for 
passing the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of estab- 
lished academic policy. 
R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for 
which they already have received a passing 
grade in addition to those which they have 
failed. Credit is received only once for the 
course. The most recent course grade will 
count toward the GPA 

P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE AS- 
SIGNED — Converted from traditional grade 
of A through D-. 

X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
no credit is earned. 

W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal 
from the course from the sixth day through 
the twelfth week of the semester. 

The cumulative grade point average 
(GPA) is calculated by multiplying quality 
points by credits and dividing the total 
quality points by the total credits. A quality 
point is the unit of measurement of the 
quality of work done by the student. 





Quality Points 


rarlp 


Earned for each 


1 auv 


semester hour 


A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 


C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


0.67 


F 


0.00 



The grade point average for the major is 
calculated in the same way as the cumulative 
grade point average. 

A minimum of 2.00 is required for the 
cumulative grade point average in the major 
to meet the requirements for graduation. 
The cumulative GPA is not determined by 
averaging semester GPA's. 

Pass/Fail 

U se of the pass/fail grading option is 
limited as follows (this does not apply to 
English 105): 

• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one course per semester and in no 
more than four courses during their under- 
graduate careers 

• P/F courses completed after declaration of 
a major may not be used to satisfy a 
requirement of that major, including courses 
required by the major department which are 
offered by other departments. (Instructor- 
designated courses are excepted from this 
limitation.) 

• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward fulfillment of any 
distribution requirement 

• Students may not enroll in English 106 on a 
P/F basis 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POUCmS AND REGULATIONS 



• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May term with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average 

• Students electing the P/F option may 
designate a minimum acceptance letter 
grade from A to B-. If the student earns the 
designated grade or better, the grade will be 
recorded in the permanent record and comp- 
uted in the grade point average. If a student 
selects P/F (with no designated minimum 
acceptance grade) and earns a grade of A to 
D-, a P will be recorded in the permanent 
record but not computed in the grade point 
average. In all cases, if a student earns a 
grade of F this grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the 
student's grade point average 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadlines 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in to the 
course. An incomplete grade must be 
removed within six weeks of the next regular 
semester. 

Repetition of Course 

Otudents shall have the option of repeat- 
ing courses for which they already have 
received a passing grade in addition to those 




which they have failed. Recording of grades 
for all repeated courses shall be governed by 
the following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time, 
both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 

• Credit for the course will be given only 
once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

• A repeated coiu-se will be counted toward 
the total number of unsuccessful attempts. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

1 he following table is used to determine 
the academic grade level of degree candi- 
dates. See page 19 for related Financial Aid 
information. 



Year 


Semester Number of Semester 






Hours Earned 


Freshman 


1 


Less than 12 




2 


At least 12 but less than 24 


Sophomore 1 


At least 24 but less than 40 




2 


At least 40 but less than 56 


Junior 


1 


At least 56 but less than 76 




2 


At least 76 but less than 96 


Senior 


1 


At least 96 but less than 1 12 




2 


More than 112 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS 



ACADEMIC STANDING 

Otudents will be considered in good 
academic standing if they meet the following 
standard: 



Hours Completed 


Cumulative 




GPA 


less than or equal to 16 


1.70 


more than 16, less than 32 


1.80 


more than 32, less than 48 


1.90 


more than 48 


2.00 



Students who do not meet this standard will 
be placed on academic probation. 

Students will be subject to suspension from 
the College if they: 

• are on probation for two consecutive 
semesters 

• achieve a grade point average of 1.00 or 
below during any one semester 

Students will be subject to dismissal 
from the College if they: 

• cannot reasonably complete all require- 
ments for a degree 

• exceed 24 semester hours of unsuccessful 
course attempts (grades of F, W, and R) 
except in the case of withdrawal for medical 
or psychological reasons 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

1 he integrity of the academic process 
of the College requires honesty in all 
phases of the instructional program. The 

College assumes that students are committed 
to the principle of academic honesty. Stu- 
dents who fail to honor this commitment are 
subject to dismissal. Procedural guidelines 
and rules for the adjudication of cases of 
academic dishonesty are printed in The 
Faculty Handbook and The Pathfinder (the 
student academic handbook), copies of which 
are available in the library. 



ACADEMIC HONORS 

Dean's List 

otudents are admitted to the Dean's 
List at the end of the fall and spring semes- 
ters if they have completed at least 15 credits 
with other than P or R grades, and have a 
minimum grade point average of 3.50 for the 
semester. 

Graduation Honors 

otudents are awarded the Bachelor of 
Arts degree, the Bachelor of Fine Arts 
degree, or the Bachelor of Science in Nursing 
degree with honors when they have earned 
the following grade point averages based on 
all courses attempted at Lycoming, with a 
minimum of 64 credits (16 units) required for 
a student to be eligible for honors: 

summa cum laude 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laude 3.50-3.89 

cum laude 3.25-3.49 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Freshmen Men Blue Key 

Freshmen Women Gold Key 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Thela 

Nursing Sigma Theta Tau 

(Lambda Nu) 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology Psi Chi 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLIQES AND REGULATIONS 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 

(Omega Chi) ^^^^^^^^^^m^:^r J^ 

PRIZES AND AWARDS 

Endowed Funds 

William T. and Ruth S. Askey Music Prize 

is given to a graduating senior who is 
recognized for his/her proficiency as a music 
major. 

Jack C. Buckle Award is given annually to a 
junior male student with high moral qualities, 
who has made an unusual contribution to 
campus life through leadership in student 
activities. 

Byron C. Brunstetter Science Award is 

given for outstanding achievement in 
chemical and biological sciences. 

Class of 1907 Prize is given to the senior 
who has been outstanding in the promotion of 
College spirit through participation in 
athletics and other activities. 

Benjamin C. Conner Prize is given to the 
graduating student who has done outstanding 
work in mathematics. 

Criminal Justice Society Prize is given to 
the criminal justice major who has demon- 
strated outstanding classroom performance, a 
promise of leadership and service to college 
and community. 

W. Arthur Faus Memorial Prize is given in 
memory of Dr. W. Arthur Faus, a former 
Professor of Philosophy at Lycoming 
College, to the graduating senior who has 
done outstanding work in philosophy. 




Durant L. Furey III Memorial Prize is 

given to the senior accounting major who has 
shown outstanding achievement in account- 
ing. 

Gillette Foreign Language Prizes are given 
to the French, German, and Spanish majors 
who have achieved excellence in these 
foreign languages. 

Dan Gustafson Award, in memory of a 
former member of the English Department, is 
given to the senior English major whose 
analytical writing demonstrates the highest 
standards of literary and critical excellence. 

Helen R. Hoover Community Service Prize 

is given annually to a graduating senior who 
has demonstrated a j)crsonal commitment to 
serving the less fortunate. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POUCmS AND REGULATIONS 



Elisha Benson Kline Prize is given to the 
senior mathematics major with outstanding 
achievement in the field. 

Charles J. Kocian Awards are given to the 
accounting, business administration, and 
economics majors who show the greatest 
proficiency in statistics; the mathematics 
major who shows the greatest proficiency in 
applied mathematics; the graduating senior 
who shows the greatest proficiency in 
computer science; the graduating senior who 
shows the greatest proficiency in operations 
research; the graduating senior business 
administration major with the highest grade 
point average; the graduating senior with the 
highest average in the class and the graduat- 
ing nursing major with the highest grade 
point average. 

Don Lincoln Larrabee Law Prize is given 
to the graduating student who has shown 
outstanding scholarship in legal principles. 

The John M. Lindemuth Endowed Prize 

Fund, established in 1986 by Mr. and Mrs. 
John M. Lindemuth of Williamsport, Penn- 
sylvania, provides annual cash awards for 
varsity football players who earn the highest 
cumulative grade point average in their 
chosen fields of academic study at Lycoming 
College. This prize is managed in compli- 
ance with current NCAA regulations con- 
cerning scholastic awards for athletes. 

C. Daniel and Jeanne Little Award, 

presented in memory of two Lycoming 
alumni, is given to the outstanding student in 
public administration. 

Phoebe R. Lyon Prize, is given to the senior 
who has achieved outstanding attainments in 
the study of English. 

The Gertrude B. Madden Mass Communi- 
cation Award, established in 1985 by the 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Students of the Mass Communication Society, 
is presented annually to the senior mass 
communication major who, in the judgment 
of his or her peers, has best integrated 
academic excellence, professional develop- 
ment in a mass media field and contribution 
to campus media. 

The McDowell Prize is given to the senior 
ministerial student who excels in scholarship, 
deportment, and promise of usefulness, and 
who declares his intention to make the 
ministry his life work. 

The Metzler Prize is given to a junior for 
superior work in Junior English. 

M. B. Rich Prizes are given to the student in 
the freshman class attains a required rank 
highest in scholarship and deportment; to 
the two students who at a public contest excel 
in reading the Scriptures; and to the two 
students who excel in writing and delivering 
an original oration. 

The Professor Logan A. Richmond Ac- 
counting Prize is awarded annually to a 
graduating senior who has done outstanding 
work in accounting and demonstrated 
exceptional proficiency in writing. 

The Janet A. Rodgers Academic Award, 

established in honor of the founding chair of 
the Department of Nursing, provides $100 to 
a senior nursing student who demonstrates 
exceptional academic achievement and has 
been an active participant in health-related 
programs. 

Mary L. Russell Award, named in honor of 
a professor emeritus of music, is given for 
outstanding musical achievement. 

Nathan A. Scheib Memorial Music Fund, 

in memory of a friend of the College, 
provides financial assistance to qualified 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS 



deserving students for advanced training in 
music. 

Trask Chemistry Prize is given to the senior 
chemistry major who has done outstanding 
work in the field. 

The James E. Wehr Financial Accounting 
Award is presented to a student who has 
demonstrated a personal expertise in the 
subject of financial accounting. 

Williamsport Rotary Club Nursing Prize, 

established in 1988, provides an annual cash 
award to the registered nurse with the highest 
cumulative grade point average. Candidates 
should have successfully completed a 
minimum of 24 academic credits toward the 
B.S.N, degree. 

Sol "Woody" Wolf Award is given to the 
junior athlete who has shown the most 
improvement. 



Annual Prizes 

American Chemical Society Award, 

sponsored by the Susquehanna Valley 
Chapter of the society, is given to the 
outstanding senior in chemistry who plans to 
enter the profession. 

Accounting Society Service Award is given 
for outstanding service to the Lycoming 
College Accounting Society. 

American Institute of Chemists Prize, 

given by the Philadelphia section of the 
Institute, goes to a senior major for excel- 
lence in chemistry. 

Arena Theatre Awards: 

Performance - This award is given to the 
senior who has demonstrated outstanding 
ability in theatre performance. 



Technical Theatre - This award is given to 
the senior who has demonstrated outstanding 
ability in technical theatre. 

CRC Press Chemistry Achievement Award 

is given to that freshman who has exhibited 
the highest academic achievement in chemis- 
try. 

Chieftain Award, the College's most 
prestigious award, is given to the senior who 
has contributed most to Lycoming through 
support of school activities; who has exhib- 
ited outstanding leadership qualities; who has 
worked effectively with other members of the 
College community; who has evidenced a 
good moral code; and whose academic rank 
is above the median for the preceding senior 
class. Civic Choir Award is given to the 
College choir member who has outstanding 
musical ability and who has made significant 
leadership contributions to the choir. 

Biology Service Award is given to the 
student who has shown good academic work 
and has fostered the ideals of the department 
by willingness to become involved in the 
activities of the department. 

Freshman Biology Award is given to the 
freshman who has obtained the highest 
overall average in Biology 110-111 (major 
biology lecture and laboratory). 

Durkheim Award is given to the senior 
sociology/anthropology major who has done 
outstanding work in the field. 

Bishop William Perry Eveland Prize is 

given to the senior who has shown progress 
in scholarship, loyalty, school spirit, and 
participation in school activities. 

Excellence in Two-Dimensional Art Award 

is given to the outstanding senior art major in 
this field. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS 



Excellence in Three-Dimensional Art 
Award is given to the outstanding senior art 
major in this field. 

Excellence in Political Science Award is 

given to the senior political science major 
who has performed with excellence. 

J.W. Feree Award, given in memory of the 
first mathematics professor at Lycoming's 
forerunner, the Dickinson Seminary, goes to 
the student most active in mathematical 
sciences. 

Faculty Prize is given to the commuting 
student with satisfactory scholarship and who 
has been outstanding in promotion of school 
spirit through participation in school activi- 
ties. 

Freshman Academic Award is given to the 
freshman student(s) with the highest GPA 
after the fall semester. 

John P. Graham Award, named in honor of 
a professor emeritus, is given to the senior 
English major who achieves the highest 
average in English. 

Edward J. Gray Prizes are given to the 
graduating students with the highest and 
second highest averages. 

IRUSKA Awards denote membership in the 
society for juniors who are very active on 
campus. 

Junior Book Award is given to the outstand- 
ing junior political science major. 

The Kramer and Hoffman Associates 
Award is given for superior achievement in 
the study of federal income tax. 



The Makisu Award is given for outstanding 
service to the college community, for 
dedication above and beyond the realm of 
one's obligations to the College. 

John C. McCune Memorial Prizes are 

given to the senior majors in mathematics, 
biology, chemistry, physics, philosophy, and 
psychology who have attained the highest 
averages. 

Ethel McDonald Pax Christi Award is 

given for outstanding but quiet consistency in 
the life of faith and the practice of Christian- 
ity, noteworthy personal integrity and humble 
loving compassion expressed in daily life. 

Walter G. Mclver Award, named after 
Lycoming's former choir director, is given to 
an outstanding and dedicated choir member 
who has made significant campus contribu- 
tions outside of choir. 

Department of Nursing Award for Clinical 
Excellence is given for outstanding achieve- 
ment in the clinical setting. 

Department of Nursing Faculty Award is 

given to the senior nursing major who best 
exemplifies the spirit of the profession. 

Lycoming College Nursing Honor Society 
Research Recognition Award is given to the 
nursing student who has demonstrated an in- 
depth understanding of the research process, 
as evidenced by a completed 
research project, with formal dissemination 
of the results of the study. 

Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants Award is given to the senior 
accounting major who has demonstrated high 
scholastic standing and qualities of leader- 
ship. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POUQES AND REGULATIONS 



Pocahontas Award is given to Lycoming's 
outstanding female athlete. 

Psi Chi Service Award is given for contribu- 
tions to the Psychology Department. 

Research and Writing Prize in History is 
given to the student who does the best work 
in History 449. 

Sadler Prize is given to the student with the 
highest achievement in calculus, foundations 
of mathematics, algebra, and analysis. 

Senior Management Award is given to the 
senior business major with the best senior 
project in Business Policies 441. 

Senior Scholarship Prize in History is given 
to the senior major with the highest average. 

Service to Lycoming Award, sponsored by 
the Office of Student Services, is given to 
students who have made outstanding 
contributions to Lycoming. 

Frances K. Skeath Award is given to the 
senior with outstanding achievement in 
mathematics. 

J. Milton Skeath Award is given for 
superior undergraduate achievement and 
potential for further work in psychology. 

Sophomore Intermediate Accounting 
Award is given for the accounting major 
with the highest average in Intermediate 
Accounting at the end of the spring term. 

John A. Streeter Memorial Award in 

Economics is given to the College band 
member who has outstanding musical ability 
and who has made significant leadership 
contributions to the band. 




Tomahawk Award is given to Lycoming's 
outstanding male athlete. 

Wall Street Journal Awards: Two awards 
are given. One is given to a senior business 
major for excellence in the field and service 
to the College community. A second award 
is given for excellence in 
economics. 



STUDENT RECORDS 

1 he policy regarding student educational 
records is designed to protect the privacy of 
students against unwarranted intrusions and is 
consistent with Section 43B of the General 
Education Provision Act (commonly known 
as the Family Educational Rights and Privacy 
Act of 1974, as amended). The details of the 
College policy on student records and the 
procedures for gaining access to student 
records are contained in the current issue of 
the Student Handbook, which is available in 
the library and the Office of the Dean of 
Student Services. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CURRICULUM 



Curriculum 




Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and 
Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and 
Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 
Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 
Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses 
offered on a limited basis 

Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 
Practicums and other fractional credit courses 

Numbers 470-479 Internships 

Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study 

Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for 
Departmental Honors 



*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined 
by department 

Courses not in sequence are listed 
separately, as: 

Drawing Art 111 

Color Theory Art 212 

Courses which imply a sequence are indi- 
cated with a dash between, meaning that 
the first semester must be taken prior to the 
second, as: 

Intermediate French 

French 111-112 

All students have the right of access to 
all courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



ACCOUNTING 

Associate Professor: Kuhns 
Assistant Professor: Wienecke (Chairperson) 
Part-time Instructors: Crossley, Uzupis, 
Weiss 

1 he purpose of the accounting major is 
to help prepare the student for a career within 
the accounting profession. The major has 
two tracks. Track I is designed for students 
whose primary interests lie in the fmancial 
area of public accounting and provides 
preparation for the Certified Public Accoun- 
tant Examination; Track II is designed for 
students with an interest in management 
accounting and provides preparation for the 
Certified Management Accountant 
Examination. 

Track I — Financial Accounting requires: 
Accounting 110, 220-221, 330, 440, 441, 

443, 445, Mathematics 103, Computer 
Science 108, and one unit to be selected from 
Philosophy 216, Accounting 225, 226, 331, 
442, 446, 447, and 448 or 449. Business 110 
may be substituted for Accounting 110. 
Duplicate credit will not be granted. 

Students seeking entry into the public 
accounting field are advised to investigate the 
professional requirements for certification in 
the state in which they intend to practice so 
that they may meet all educational require- 
ments prior to graduation. All Track I majors 
are advised to enroll in Accounting 225, 226, 
33 1 , 442, 447, and 449, Economics 1 10 and 
111, Business 335, 336, and 338, and one of 
the following: Business 340, Economics 220, 
or 337. 

Track II — Management Accounting 

requires: Accounting 110,220,330-331, 

444, and 449; Mathematics 103; Computer 
Science 108; and Business 338, 339, 

and 440. All Track II majors are advised to 
enroll in Economics 1 10 and 1 1 1 and 




Business 335 and 336. Students planning to 
sit for the Certified Management Accountant 
Examination are advised to enroll in Ac- 
counting 440, 44 1 , 442, and 443. Business 
110 may be substituted for Accounting 110. 
Duplicate credit will not be granted 

Minors 

Three minors are offered by the Depart- 
ment of Accounting. The following courses 
are required to complete a minor in Financial 
Accounting: Accounting 1 10, 220, 221, 443, 
447 and any other accounting course or 
independent study. A minor in Managerial 
Accounting requires the completion of 
Accounting 110, 220, 330-331 and 444. To 
obtain a minor in Federal Income Tax, a 
student must complete Accounting 1 10, 220- 
221, 441, and 442. 

110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 
An introductory course in recording, classify- 
ing, summarizing, and interpreting the basic 
business transaction. Problems of classifica- 
tion and interpretation of accounts and 
preparation of financial statements are 
studied. Not open to students who have 
received credit for Business 110. Prerequi- 
site: Second-semester freshman or consent of 
instructor. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 



220-221 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY 

An intensive study of accounting state- 
ments and analytical procedures with an 
emphasis upon corporate accounts, various 
decision models, price-level models, earnings 
per share, pension accounting, accounting for 
leases, and financial statement analysis. 
Prerequisite: Accounting 110. 

225 

HNANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 

Deals with the analysis of financial 
statements as an aid to decision making. The 
theme of the course is understanding the 
financial data which are analyzed as well as 
the methods by which they are analyzed and 
interpreted. This course should prove of 
value to all who need a thorough understand- 
ing of the uses to which financial statements 
are put as well as to those who must know 
how to use them intelligently and effectively. 
This includes accountants, security analysts, 
lending officers, credit analysts, managers, 
and all others who make decisions on the 
basis of financial data. Prerequisite: Ac- 
counting 110 or Business 110. 

226 

GOVERNMENT AND FUND ACCOUNTING 

This course is designed to introduce 
accounting for not-for-profit organizations. 
Municipal accounting and reporting are 
studied. Prerequisite: Accounting 110 or 
Business 110. One-half unit of credit. 

330-331 

COST AND BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING THEORY 

Methods of accounting for material, labor, 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing. Application of cost 
accounting and budgetary theory to decision 
making in the area of make or buy, expansion 
of production and sales, and accounting for 



control are dealt with. Prerequisite: Ac- 
counting 220 and Mathematics 103 or 
consent of instructor. 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 
size concepts which will enable students to 
understand the philosophy and environment 
of auditing. Special attention is given to the 
public accounting profession, studying 
auditing standards, professional ethics, the 
legal liability inherent in the attest function, 
the study and evaluation of internal control, 
the nature of evidence, the growing use of 
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic 
data processing, and the basic approach to 
planning an audit. Finally, various audit 
reports expressing independent expert 
opinions on the fairness of financial state- 
ments are studied. Prerequisite: Accounting 
221, Mathematics 103, and Computer 
Science 108. 

441 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to income, deduc- 
tions, inventories, and accounting methods. 
Practical problems involving determination 
of income and deductions, capital gains and 
losses, computation and payment of taxes 
through withholding at the source and 
through declaration are considered. Planning 
transactions so that a minimum amount of tax 
will result is emphasized. Prerequisite: 
Accounting 110 or consent of instructor. 

442 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the 
Internal Revenue Code relating to partner- 
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An 
extensive series of problems is considered. 



LYCONfING COUXGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCXJUNTING 



and effective tax planning is emphasized. 
Prerequisite: Accounting 441. 

443 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING I 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
theory, including business combinations and 
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
site: Accounting 221. One-half unit of credit. 

444 

CONTROLLERSHIP 

Control process in the organization. 
General systems theory, financial control 
systems, centralization-decentralization, 
f)erformance measurement and evaluation, 
forecasts and budgets, and marketing, 
production and finance models for control 
purposes. Prerequisite: Accounting 331 or 
consent of instructor. 

445 

AUDITING PRACTICE 

An audit project is presented, solved and 
the auditor's report written. This course is 
limited to students who have either com- 
pleted or are enrolled in Accounting 440. 
One-half unit of credit. Grade will be 
recorded as "P" or "F." 

446 

SEMINARS ON APB OPINIONS 
AND FASB STANDARDS 

A seminar course for accounting majors 
with library assignments to gain a workable 
understanding of the highly technical 
opinions of the Accounting Principles Board 
and standards of the Financial Accounting 
Standards Board. One term paper. Possible 
trip to New York City to attend a public 
hearing of the Financial Accounting Stan- 
dards Board. Prerequisite: Accounting 110. 
May term. 

447 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING II 

An intensive study of partnerships, 
installment and consignment sales, branch 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



accounting, bankruptcy and reorganization, 
estates and trusts, government entities, and 
non-profit organizations. Prerequisite: 
Accounting 221. One-half unit of credit. 

448 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS 

FOR C.P.A. CANDIDATES 

Problems from the Accounting Practice 
sections of past C.P.A. examinations, which 
require a thorough knowledge of the core 
courses in their solution, are assigned. The 
course is intended to meet the needs of those 
interested in public accounting and prepara- 
tion for the Certified Public Accountant's 
examination. Prerequisite: Accounting 330 
or consent of instructor. One- half unit of 
credit. Grade will be recorded as "P" 
or "F." 

449 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Manage- 
rial and Public Accounting positions in order 
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. 

Specifics of the course work to be worked 
out in conjunction with department, student 
and sponsor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to 
generate financial statements, educational 
core for public accountants, inventory 
control, and church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • AMERICAN STUDIES 




ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

1 he accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer, 
within a liberal arts framework, courses 
which will aid in constructing mathematical 
models for business decision-making. 
Students obtain the necessary substantial 
background in both mathematical sciences 
and accounting. 

Requiring accounting courses are: 
AccounUng 110, 220-221, 330-331, 441, 442. 
In mathematical sciences, required courses 
are: Computer Science 125 and 321 and 
Mathematics 112, 128, 129, 338 and either 
103 or 332. Recommended courses include: 
Mathematics 130, 238, 333; Business 223, 
335, 336, 338, 339; Computer Science 108, 
246; Economics 110, 111; Psychology 224, 
225; and Sociology-Anthropology 110. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



AMERICAN 
STUDIES 

Professor: Piper (Coordinator) 

1 he American Studies major offers a 
comprehensive program in American 
civilization which introduces students to the 
complexities underlying the development of 
America and its contemporary life. Thirteen 
courses are included. 

Four Course Requirements — The primary 
integrating units of the major, 
these courses — some team-taught — will 
encourage students to consider ideas from 
different points of view and help them to 
correlate information and methods from 
various disciplines: 

1. America as a Civilization: American 
Studies 200 (First semester of major 
study) 

2. American Tradition in the Arts and 
Literature: American Studies 220 

3. Research and Methodology: History 449 
or Sociology/Anthro 447 (junior or 
senior year) 

4. Internship or Independent Study (junior 
or senior year) 

Concentration Areas — Six courses in one 
option and three in the other are needed. Six 
primary concentration-option courses in 
American Arts or American 
Society build around the insights gained in 
the core courses. They focus particular 
attention on areas most germane to academic 
and vocational interests. The three additional 
courses from the other option give further 
breadth to an understanding of America. 
Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



AMERICAN STUDIES 



American Arts 
Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th 

Century 
ENGLISH 222 — American Literature I 
ENGLISH 223 — American Literature II 
MUSIC 128 — American Music 
N 80 — Studies in American Music 
THEATRE STUDIES — American Theatre 

American Society 
Concentration Option 

ECONOMICS 224 — Urban Problems 
HISTORY 442 — U.S. Social and InteUectual 

History to 1877 
HISTORY 443 — U.S. Social and InteUectual 

History since 1877 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 33 1 — CivU Rights and 

Liberties 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 335 — Law and Society 
SOCIOLOGY 334 — Racial and Cultural 
Minorities 



200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural, 
economic, and political perspectives of 
American civilization with special attention 
to the interrelationships between these 
various orientations. May be taken for either 
one-half unit (Section 200A) or full unit 
(Section B); declared majors and prospective 
majors should take the full-unit course, 200B. 
Alternate years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature 
to the various historical periods of American 
life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP 
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 




1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 




ART 

Professors: Bogle, Shipley 
Assistant Professor: Golahny (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Monk (Fall) 
Adjunct Faculty at Johnson Atelier: Bartons, 
Barrie, Lash, Pitynski 

1 he Art Department offers two majors in 
the B.A. Degree (Studio Art and Art History) 
and a second degree program, a B.F.A. 
Degree in Sculpture. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
STUDIO ART 

1 o complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
with a major in studio art, the students must 
complete the seven-course foundation 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



program and the requirements for an area of 
specialization, participate in each semester's 
colloquium (while a declared major), and 
satisfactorily participate in the senior 
exhibition. Exception to participation in the 
colloquium may be made by the art faculty. 

Foundation Program 

ART 1 11 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 116 — Figure Modeling 

ART 212 — Color Theory 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Pre-History 
Through The Middle Ages 

ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the Renais- 
sance through the Modem Age 

ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 

ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Areas of Specialization 

I. Painting 

ART 220 — Painting 1 

ART 221 — Drawing II 

ART 330 — Painting II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

II. Printmaking 

ART 221— Drawing II 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

ART 338 — Printmaking II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

III. Sculpture 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335 — Sculpture II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



rV. Commercial Design 

ART 221— Drawing II 

ART 311 — Practicum in Layout and Design 

ART 312 — Practicum in Typographic 

Composition 
ART 337 — Photography II 
ART 442 — Special Projects with 

Commercial Design 
ART 443 — Computer Graphics for 

Commercial Design 
GCO 102 — Electronic Typography 
GCO 201 — Mechanical Preparation 

A student is encouraged to take the 
following courses: Internship (Art 470-479), 
Advertising (Business 332), Writing for 
Special Audiences (Mass Communication 
323), Introduction to Mass Communication 
(Mass Communication 1 10), Social Psychol- 
ogy (Psychology 224). 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are 

seeking teaching certification in Art: 

ART 1 19 — Ceramics I 

ART 220 — Painting I 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

and two art history courses numbered 300 or 

above. In addition to Art Department 

courses, under the generalist major, the 

student must complete the art certification 

program in the Education Department. 

VI. Photography 

ART 337 — Photography II 

ART 340 — Color Photography 

ART 34 1 — Large Format View/Camera 

Photography 
ART 446 — Student Research 
and two art history courses numbered 
300 or above. 



THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

1 o complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student 
must take courses in art history, studio art, 
and history and/or religion. A student 
majoring in art history is advised to take a 
foreign language. 

Required of all students: 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Pre-History 
through the Middle Ages 

ART 223 — Survey of Art: From Renaissance 
through the Modem Age 

ART 447 — Art History Research 

Choose four of the following: 

ART 331 — 20th Century European Art 
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 
ART 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque 
ART 339 — Women in Art 

Choose two of the following: 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 116 — Figure Modeling I 

ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 

Choose two of the following: 

HISTORY 210 — Ancient History 
HISTORY 212 — Medieval Europe and 

its Neighbors 
HISTORY 418 — History of Renaissance 

Thought 
RELIGION 1 13 — Old Testament Faith 

and History 
RELIGION 1 14 — New Testament Faith 

and History 
RELIGION 226 — Biblical Archaeology 

It is further suggested that the student 
choose electives in other departments that 
may complement the study of art history. 
Among these recommended electives are: 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



FRENCH 412 — French Literature of the 

19th Century 
ENGLISH 336 — Shakespeare 
MUSIC 1 17 — Survey of Western Music 
MUSIC 335 — History of Western Music I 
MUSIC 336 — History of Western Music II 
THEATRE 332 — History of Theatre I 
THEATRE 333 — History of Theatre II 

Minors 

Five minors are offered by the Art 
Department, Requirements for each follow: 
Commercial Design: Art 111, 115, 212, 223, 
311, 312, and GCO 102, 201; Painting: Art 
111, 115, 220, 330 and 221 or 223; Photog- 
raphy: Art 1 1 1, 212, 223, 227, 337 and 340 
or 341; Sculpture: Art 116, 225, 226, 335, 
and 1 1 1, 1 19 or 445; Art History: Art 222, 
223 and two advanced art history courses. 
Art majors who minor in art history must take 
two additional upper level courses beyond 
the two required for the minor intended for 
students who major in other disciplines (i.e., 
Art 222, 223 and four upper level courses). 

THE B.F.A. DEGREE 
IN SCULPTURE 

1 he student completes a specified course 
of study in the Art Department, the Lycom- 
ing College distribution requirements, and 
one of the field specialization apprenticeship 
programs at the Johnson Atelier in Mercer- 
ville. New Jersey. 

The Art Department course of study 
consists of 12 courses in studio and art 
history: Figure Modeling I and II (Art 1 16 
and 226), Sculpture I and II (Art 225 and 
335), Drawing I and II (Art 1 1 1 and 221), 
Introduction to Photography (Art 227), 2-D 
Design (Art 115), Survey of Art (Art 222 and 
223), and two additional courses in Art 
History (Art 331, 332. 333, 334, 336 or 339). 

Twelve additional course units are 
required of the student. The student must 



meet the requirements of the distribution 
program within these courses. 

In order to complete the B.F.A. degree the 
student must participate in the art colloquium 
every semester while taking course work at 
Lycoming (as a declared major) and must 
participate in a senior exhibition. Exception 
to participation in the colloquium may be 
made by the art faculty. 

The student must also complete one of the 
field specialization apprenticeships at the 
Johnson Atelier Technical Institute of 
Sculpture in Mercerville, New Jersey. This 
requires the student to be at the Johnson 
Atelier for a period of between 16 and 23 1/2 
months. The student receives eight course 
units of credit at Lycoming College for 
successfully completing the field specializa- 
tion apprenticeship at Johnson Atelier. It is 
expected that the work for the apprenticeship 
component will be completed during the 
summers and the junior year. 

Admission to the B.F.A. degree program 
is on the basis of meeting the admission 
standards of Lycoming College, and passing 
a portfolio review and interview by members 
of the Lycoming College Art Department. 

Ill 

DRAWING I 

Study of the human figure with gesture 
and proportion stressed. Student is made 
familiar with different drawing techniques 
and media. Some drawings from nature. 
Offered with Drawing II and III. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space, 
color, and composition are taught in relation- 
ship to the other two-dimensional arts. 
Perceptual theories and their relationships to 
what and why we see what we see in art are 
discussed with each problem. 



LYCOMING COIl£GE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 




116 

HGURE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be ap- 
proached through learning the basic struc- 
tures and proportions of the figure. The 
course is conceived as a three-dimensional 
drawing class. At least one figure will be 
cast by each student. 

119 

CERAMICS I 

Emphasis placed on pottery design as it 
relates to function of vessels and the design 
parameters imposed by the characteristics of 
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught 
to encourage expression rather than to 
dispense merely a technical body of 
information. 

212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for 
the artist. The color theories of Johannes 
Itten will form the base for this course with 
some study of the theories of Albert Munsell, 
Faber Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald. 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



220 

PAINTING I 

An introduction of painting techniques 
and materials. Coordination of color, value, 
and design within the painting is taught. 
Some painting from the figure. No limita- 
tions as to painting media, subject matter, or 
style. Prerequisite: Art 115 or consent of 
instructor. 

Ill 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value 
and design. Prerequisite: Art 111. 

222 

SURVEY OF ART: PRE-HISTORY 

THROUGH THE MIDDLE AGES 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: Paleolithic Art, Near East, 
Egypt, Greece, Rome, and Medieval Europe. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: 14th-20th centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, 
materials, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, 
plaster, wax, wood, and other materials will 
be used. The course will be concerned with 
ideas about sculpture as expression, and with 
giving material form to ideas. 







LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



226 

HGURE MODELING II 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce 
larger, more complex figurative works. 
There will be a requirement to cast one of the 
works in plaster. Prerequisite: Art 116 and 
consent of instructor. 

227 

INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY 
Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the 
areas of composition, form, light, picture 
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have 
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- 
manual operation. 

228 
PRINTMAKING I 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithogra- 
phy printing. One edition of at least six 
prints must be completed in each area. 
Prerequisite: Art 111 or 115 or consent of 
instructor. 

229 

CERAMICS II 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such 
as glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequi- 
site: Art 119. 

311 

PRACTICUM IN LAYOUT AND DESIGN 

Utilization of commercial design tech- 
niques and skills in an applied setting 
through work experience. Students will 
produce images and do layout work primarily 
with on-campus departments and offices. 
Students must take 311 concurrently with 



GCO 201, Mechanical Preparation. One hour 
credit. Open only to students enrolled in 
GCO 201. 

312 

PRACTICUM IN TYPOGRAPHIC 
COMPOSITION 

Utilization of commercial design tech- 
niques and skills in an applied setting through 
work experience. Students will produce 
images and do layout work primarily with 
on-campus departments and offices. Students 
must take 312 concurrently with GCO 102 
Electronic Composition. One hour credit. 
Open only to students enrolled in GCO 102. 

330 

PAINTING II 

Emphasis is placed on individual style and 
technique. Artists and movements in art are 
studied. No limitations as to painting media, 
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: 
Art 220. 

331 

20TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART 

Stylistic developments in Europe from 
1880 to the present, including Cubism, 
Fauvism, Expressionism, Dada, and Surreal- 
ism. Picasso, Matisse, Kandinsky, and 
Mondrian are among the major artists 
studied. 

332 

AMERICAN ART OF 
THE 20TH CENTURY 

The art of the United States from about 
1880 to the present, with emphasis on the 
innovations of Americans in painting, 
sculpture and architecture, and on the 
meaning and historical roots of contemporary 
art. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



333 

19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

ANfD AMERICAN ART 

The art of Western Europe and the United 

States from 1780-1900, with emphasis on 

painting in France. Those artists to be 

studied include David, Goya, Delacroix, 

Courbet, the Impressionists, Turner, Homer, 

Cole and Eakins. 

334 

ART OF THE RENAISSANCE 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe from 
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
Giotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, 
Raphael, Titian, Van Eyck, and Diirer, the 
sculptors Ghiberti, Donatello and Mich- 
elangelo, and the architects Brunelleschi and 
Alberti. 

335 
SCULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225). 
Emphasis is on advanced technical process. 
Casting of bronze and aluminum sculpture 
will be done in the school foundry. Prerequi- 
site: Art 225. 

336 

ART OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculp- 
ture in Italy and The Netherlands with 
emphasis on Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and 
Rembrandt, with special attention given to 
the expressive, narrative, and painterly styles 
present in their art. 

337 
PHOTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Photog- 
raphy I (Art 227) by continued growth in 
technical expertise including instruction in 
the use and capabilities of large-format view 
cameras. Emphasis is placed on conceptual 
and aesthetic aspects of photography. 
Prerequisite: Art 227. 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



338 

PRINTMAKING II 

Further study of the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype, and lithogra- 
phy printing with emphasis on multi-plate 
and viscosity printing. Two editions of at 
least six prints must be completed in each of 
two areas. Prerequisite: Art 228. 

339 

WOMEN IN ART 

A survey of women artists from a variety 
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
political and economic — which seeks to 
understand and integrate the contributions of 
women artists into the mainstream of the 
history of art. 

340 

COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY 

Study of the techniques and aesthetics of 
color photography. Work will be directed 
towards the use of both color negative and 
color slide processes. Students will be 
required to learn the special requirements of 
photographing in both indoor and outdoor 
light conditions. A portfolio of color prints 
will be produced. Prerequisite: Art 227 
and 337. 

341 

LARGE FORMAT VIEW 
CAMERA PHOTOGRAPHY 

Study of the techniques and aesthetics of 
the large-format view camera in Fine Art 
Photography. Emphasis will be placed on the 
experience of using the large-format view 
camera. Students will be encouraged to 
explore alternative photographic processes 
such as platinum printing, the gum bichro- 
mate process, etc., using the large negative 
produced. Prerequisities: Art 227 and 337. 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



440 

PAINTING III 

Professional quality is stressed. There is 
some experimentation with new painting 
techniques and styles. 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of human figure, individ- 
ual style, and professional control of drawing 
techniques and media are now emphasized. 

442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN COMMERCIAL 
DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commer- 
cial design utilizing the traditional studio 
tools including airbrush, water-based medi- 
ums, colored pencils, and pen and ink. The 
following skills are involved: illustration, 
paste-up, typesetting, overlays, lettering and 
layout. Prerequisite: GCO 201,102 or 
consent of instructor. 

443 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR 
COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commer- 
cial design utilizing computer imaging. 
Students will learn to generate original 
moving and still images in color using 
existing graphic-creation software and 
peripheral devices, such as digitalizing 
cameras, digitalizing drawing devices, 
printers, and slide producers. Prerequisitie: 
GCO 201,102 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected to 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of develop- 
ment. Prerequisite: Art 116, 225, and 335. 



446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research in an elective studio 
area, conducted under the supervision of the 
appropriate faculty member, includes 
creation of work which may be incorporated 
in the senior group exhibition. Student works 
in private studio assigned by the department. 

447 

ART HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under 
the supervision of the appropriate faculty 
member, includes the research and writing of 
a thesis, to be presented to a committee of 
Art Department faculty. 

148, 248, 348 and 448 
ART COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
students and invited professionals discuss and 
critique specific art projects. Required of all 
students majoring in art. Taken each 
semester. Meets 2-4 times each semester. 
Pass/Fail. Non-credit seminar. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent studies in anatomy. Aspects of the 
art nouveau, lithography, photography, 
pottery, problems in illustration, and water- 
color. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



GRAPHIC ARTS • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 




GRAPHIC ARTS 

1 hrough special arrangement, the 
following courses offered at Pennsylvania 
College of Technology are available only to 
art majors in Commercial Design. The Penn 
College courses are taken as part of the 
student's schedule and are listed with 
Lycoming's offerings during registration 
periods. 

201 

MECHANICAL PREPARATION 

Material, tools and techniques used in 
preparation of copy for reproduction. The 
student will learn how to use parts-up tools 
and develop elementary paste-up skills. 
Students will work with overlays and screen 
tints for single or multi-color projects. 
Graphic communication terminology will 
also be covered. 3 cr. 

102 

ELECTRONIC TYPESETTING 
Fundamentals of typesetting. Theory and 
practice in the care and use of typesetting 
machines. History, type classification, and 
printers measurements will be discussed. 
3 cr. 

1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Associate Professor: Erickson 
Assistant Professors: Fisher (Chairperson), 
Wolfe 

1 he department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed 
to train students in the field of planetarium 
education; it also may serve as a basis for 
earning state certification as a secondary 
school teacher of general science. The major 
in physics can prepare students for graduate 
work in physics, astronomy, and related 
physical sciences, for the cooperative 
program in engineering, for state certification 
as secondary school teachers of physics, or 
for technical positions in industry. 

ASTRONOMY 

1 he major in astronomy requires courses 
in astronomy, physics, chemistry and 
mathematics. The astronomy courses include 
Astronomy 111 and five additional courses 
numbered Astronomy 1 12 or higher; at least 
four of these five additional courses must be 
numbered Astronomy 230 or higher. Other 
required courses are Physics 225-226, 
Chemistry 110-111 or 330-331, and Mathe- 
matics 128-129. Astronomy majors are also 
required to register for four semesters of 
Astronomy 349 and 449 (non-credit collo- 
quia). The following courses are recom- 
mended: Philosophy 223 and 333, Physics 
333, and Art 227. 

Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade 
of C or better in both Astronomy 111 and 
Physics 225 plus any three additional courses 
selected from Physics 226 or astronomy 
courses numbered 200 or higher. 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



104 

FIELD GEOLOGY 
A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 
A methods course providing the opportunity 
to make a variety of astronomical 
observations, both visually and photographic- 
ally, with and without telescopes. 
The planetarium is used to familiarize the 
student with the sky at various 
times during the year and from different 
locations on earth. May or summer term 
only. 

101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY (B) 
111 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY (A) 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems. 
Astronomy 101 and HI share the same three 
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory 
each week. Ill has one additional hour each 
week for more advanced mathematical 
treatment of the material. Credit may not be 
earned for both 101 and 111. Corequisite for 
111: Mathematics 127 or consent of 
instructor. 

102 

EARTH SCIENCE (B) 

112 

EARTH SCIENCE (A) 

A study of the physical processes that 
continually affect the planet Earth, shaping 
our environment. Describes how past events 
and Ufeforms can be reconstructed from 



preserved evidence to reveal the history of 
our planet from its origin to the present. 
Emphasizes the ways in which geology, 
meteorology, and oceanography interrelate 
with man and the environment. Astronomy 
102 and 112 share the same three hours of 
lecture and two hours of laboratory each 
week. 112 has one additional hour each 
week for more advanced mathematical 
treatment of the material. Credit may not be 
earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite for 
112: Mathematics 127 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

103 

METEOROLOGY (B) 
113 

METEOROLOGY (A) 
The general properties of the atmosphere and 
their measurements will be discussed in terms 
of basic physical laws. The large-scale 
processes that create a suitable climate for 
life on Earth are discussed as well as the 
smaller-scale processes that must be taken 
into account in scientific weather prediction. 
Astronomy 103 and 113 share the same three 
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory 
each week. 113 has one additional hour each 
week for more advanced mathematical 
treatment of the material. Credit may not be 
earned for both 103 and 113. Corequisite for 
113: Mathematics 127. Alternate years. 

114 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I 

Traces the beginnings of rocketry and 
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957) 
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon 
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA 
video and other audio-visual aids. Examina- 
tion of scientific, engineering and political 
motivations. When taken in May term, must 
be scheduled with Astronomy 115. Not for 
distribution. Alternate years. Half unit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



115 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II 

Examines manned spaceflight from 
Skylab missions (1973-74) through ApoUo- 
Soyuz Test Project, early Space Shuttle 
missions, to current U.S. and Soviet space 
efforts. Extensive use of NASA video. 
Examination of scientific, engineering, and 
political motivations. When taken in May 
Term, must be scheduled with Astronomy 
114. Not for distribution. Alternate years. 
Half unit. 

230 

PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects 
of planetarium programming, operation 
and maintenance. Students are required to 
prepare and present a planetarium show. 
Upon successfully completing the course, 
students are eligible to become planetarium 
assistants. Three hours of lecture and 
demonstration and three hours of practical 
training per week. Prerequisite: a grade ofC 
or better in Astronomy 101 or HI. Alternate 
years. 

243 

PLANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various 
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun, 
including the major planets, their satellites, 
the minor planets, and comets. Topics 
include meteorological processes in atmos- 
pheres, geological processes that shape 
surface features, internal structures, the role 
of spacecraft in the exploration of the solar 
system, and clues to the origin and dynamic 
evolution of the solar system. Four hours of 
lecture per week. Prerequisites: a grade ofC 
or better in Astronomy 111 or Astronomy 112 
or Physics 225. Alternate years. 



344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special 
theory of relativity and an introduction to the 
general theory. Topics include: observational 
and experimental tests of relativity, four- 
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature, 
alternative cosmological models, and the 
origin and future of the universe. Four hours 
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Astron- 
omy 111 and Physics 225. Alternate years. 
Cross-listed as Physics 344. 

445 

STELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
internal structure and external appearance of 
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 
transport within stars. The evolution of stars 
from initial formation to final stages. The 
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: Astronomy 111 (Principles of 
Astronomy A) and Physics 226 (Introductory 
Physics with Calculus 11). Alternate years. 

446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational 
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem. 
The relation between stellar motions and the 
galactic potential. The large-scale structure 
of galaxies in general and of the Milky Way 
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture 
per week. Prerequisites: Astronomy 111 
(Principles of Astronomy A) and Physics 225 
(Introductory Physics with Calculus 1). 
Alternate years. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND 
PHYSICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy 
and physics offers students a chance to meet 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



and hear active scientists in astronomy, 
physics, and related scientific areas talk 
about their own research or professional 
activities. In addition, majors in astronomy 
and physics must present two lectures, one 
given during the junior year and one given 
during the senior year, on the results of a 
literature survey or their individual research. 
Students majoring in this department are 
required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will 
be given when the student gives a lecture. 
Otherwise the grade will be P/F. Students in 
the Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
Engineering are required to attend two 
semesters and present one lecture during their 
junior year. Non-credit course. One hour 
per week. Cross-listed as Physics 349 & 449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS 

1 he major in physics requires courses in 
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The 
required physics courses must include 
Physics 225, 226, 331, 332 and four addi- 
tional courses numbered Physics 333 or 
higher. Up to two courses chosen from 
Astronomy 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 243, 445 and 446 
may substitute for two of the four physics 
electives. Other required courses are 
Chemistry 110-111 or 330-331, and Mathe- 
matics 128-129. Physics majors are also 
required to register for four semesters of 
Physics 349 and 449 (non-credit coUoquia). 
The following courses are recommended: 



Mathematics 231 and 238, Computer Science 
125 (all three required for the cooperative 
engineering program and by many graduate 
schools), and Philosophy 223 and 333. 

Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion of 
the following courses with a C grade or 
better: Physics 225-226, Physics 331, Physics 
332, and one additional course selected from 
physics courses numbered 300 or higher. 

106 

ENERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist's definition of work, energy, 
and power. The various energy sources 
available for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear 
fission and fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and 
geolhermal. The advantages and disadvan- 
tages of each energy-conversion method, 
including availability, efficiency, and 
environmental effects. Present areas of 
energy research and possible future develop- 
ments. Projections of possible future energy 
demands. Exercises and experiments in 
energy collection, conversion, and utilization. 
May or summer term only. 

225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in physics, 
astronomy, chemistry and mathematics. 
Topics include mechanics, thermodynamics, 
electricity and magnetism, waves, optics, and 
modem physics. Five hours of lecture and 
recitation and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Corequisite: Math 128-129 (Calculus 
I and 11). With consent of department, Math 
109 may substitute for Math 128-129 as a 
prerequisite. 

331 

CLASSICAL MECHANICS 

An analytical approach to classical 
mechanics. Topics include: kinematics and 
dynamics of single particles and systems of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



particles, gravitation and other central forces, 
moving reference frames, and Lagrangian 
and Hamiltonian formulations of mechanics. 
Four hours of lecture and three hours of 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Mathe- 
matics 129 and a grade ofC or better in 
Physics 225. 

332 
ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical 
electromagnetism. Topics include: electro- 
statics, magnetostatics, electric and magnetic 
potentials, electric and magnetic properties of 
matter. Maxwell's equations, the electromag- 
netic field, and the propagation of electro- 
magnetic radiation. Four hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: Math 129 and a grade ofC or 
better in Physics 226. 

333 
OPTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: Physics 226 and Mathematics 
128 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

MATHEMATICAL 
METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
equations using power and Laplace trans- 
forms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
differential equations, Fourier analysis using 
both trigonometric and complex exponential 
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue 
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
partial differential equations, boundary value 
problem solutions to the wave equation, 
heat flow equation and Laplace's equation. 
Prerequisites: Math 231 and 238. 
Alternate years. 



337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be pre- 
sented, showing that the macroscopic 
properties of a system can be specified 
without a knowledge of the microscopic 
properties of the constituents of the system. 
Then statistical mechanics will be developed, 
showing that these same macroscopic 
properties are determined by the microscopic 
properties. Four hours of lecture and 
recitation per week. Prerequisites: Physics 
226 (Introductory Physics with Calculus II) 
and Mathematics 129 (Calculus II). 
Alternate years. 

338 

MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that 
led to the time development of relativistic 
and quantum mechanical theories. Topics 
include: introduction to special relativity, 
blackbody radiation, the postulation of 
the photon and quantization, atomic spectra, 
interactions of matter and energy, Bohr 
model of the atom, concepts of symmetry, 
and development and applications of the 
Schrodinger equation. Four hours of lecture 
and one-three hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: Mathematics 129 and a grade 
ofC or better in Physics 226. 

339 

SOLID STATE PHYSICS 

Topics include crystalline structures, 
periodic potentials, band structure, free 
electron model, semiconductor physics, 
electromagnetic and thermal properties of 
solids, superconductivity, and superfluidity. 
Four hours of lecture and three hours of 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Physics 
332 and Math 129 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special 
theory of relativity and an introduction to the 
general theory. Topics include: observational 
and experimental tests of relativity, four 
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature, 
alternative cosmological models, and the 
origin and future of the universe. Four hours 
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Astron- 
omy 111 and Physics 225. Alternate years. 
Cross-listed as Astronomy 344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Basic concepts and formulation of 
quantum theory. The free particle, the simple 
harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and 
central force problems will be discussed. 
Both time-independent and time-dependent 
perturbation theory will be covered. Four 
hours of lecture and recitation. Prerequisite: 
Either Physics 226 (Introductory Physics 
with Calculus II) or Chemistry 331 (Physical 
Chemistry II), and Mathematics 231 (Differ- 
ential Equations). Cross-listed as 
Chemistry 439. 

447 

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 
The course will consider properties of 
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
reactions (including fission and fusion), and 
properties of elementary particles. The 
interactions of nuclear particles with matter 
and the detection of nuclear particles will be 
covered. It will be shown how observed 
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
fundamental interactions, how these forces 
act at the smallest measurable distances, and 
what is expected to occur at even smaller 
distances. Four hours of lecture and recita- 
tion and two hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: Physics 226 (Introductory 



Physics with Calculus II), Mathematics 129, 
and either Physics 338 (Modern Physics) or 
Chemistry 110. Alternate years. 

349 & 449 
ASTRONOMY AND 
PHYSICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy 
and physics offers students a chance to meet 
and hear active scientists in astronomy, 
physics and related scientific areas talk about 
their own research or professional activities. 
In addition, majors in astronomy and 
physics must present two lectures, one given 
during the junior year and one given during 
the senior year, on the results of a literature 
survey or their individual research. Students 
majoring in this department are required to 
attend four semesters during the junior and 
senior years. A letter grade will be given 
when the student gives a lecture. Otherwise 
the grade will be P/F. Students in the 
Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
Engineering are required to attend two 
semesters and present one lecture during their 
junior 

year. Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
Cross-listed as Astronomy 349 & 449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
the supervision of professional physicists 
employed by local industries or hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



BIOLOGY 



Professors: Angstadt, Diehl 
Associate Professors: Gabriel, 
Zlaccaria (Chairperson), Zimmerman 

A major consists of eight biology 
courses, including 1 10- 111, 221, 222, 223, 
224, and 225. In addition, juniors and seniors 
majoring in Biology are required to register 
for Biology 349/449 (non-credit colloquium) 
during all semesters on campus. With 
departmental consent. Biology 226 may be 
substituted for Biology 221. Only two courses 
numbered below 2(X) may count toward the 
major. Departmental internships cannot be 
used to fulfill the eighth required course. In 
addition, three units of chemistry and two 
units of mathematical science are required. 
The chemistry requirement must include at 
least one unit of organic chemistry chosen 
from Chemistry 115, 220, or 221. The math- 
ematical sciences courses must be chosen 
from Computer Science 108, 125 and/or 
Mathematics 103, 109, 127, 128 or above. 
Cotain specific exceptions to the core program 
will be made for three-year students enrolled 
in cooperative programs. Such exceptions 
are noted under the particular cooperative 
program described in the Academic Program 
chapter of the catalog. Students interested in 
these programs should contact the program 
director before finalizing their individual 
programs. Credit may not be earned for both 
Biology 101 and 110 or for both Biology 102 
and 111. Consent of instructor may replace 
Biology 1 10- 1 1 1 as a prerequisite for all 
biology courses. 

Minor 

A minor in Biology requires the comple- 
tion of four upper-level (2(X)'s or higher) 
courses, with their appropriate prerequisites. 
At least two of these must be from the 200's 
series of courses. A minor with a special 
name (e.g.. Environmental Science) may be 
designed by an individual. 




101-102 

PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 

An investigation of biological principles, 
including ecological systems, form and 
function in selected representative organisms 
(especially man), cell theory, molecular 
biology, reproduction, inheritance, adaption, 
and evolution. The course is designed 
primarily for students not planning to major 
in the biological sciences. Three hours of 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
per week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Major topics considered 
include the origin of life, cellular respiration 
and photosynthesis, genetics, development, 
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior, 
and evolution. Three hours of lecture and 
one three-hour laboratory per week. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



113-114 

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

Using the organ-systems approach, the 
course is an introduction to the human 
body — its anatomy, physiology, and normal 
development — with particular attention to 
structure and function at all levels of its 
biological organization (molecular through 
organismal). Three hours of lecture, and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
site: Chemistry 115 or Chemistry 220 or 
consent of instructor. 

Ill 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is 
given to the identification and physiology of 
microorganisms as well as to their role in 
disease, their economic importance, and 
industrial appUcations. Three hours of 
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. 
Not open to students who have received 
credit for Biology 226. 

222 
GENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
governing inheritance, including treatment of 
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology, 
microbial, human, and population genetics. 
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. 

223 

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 

The mechanisms and functions of animal 
systems, including the autonomic, endocrine, 
digestive, cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, 
nervous, and reproductive systems. Mam- 
malian physiology is stressed. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. 



224 
ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology 
with emphasis on the role of chemical, 
physical, and biological factors affecting the 
distribution and succession of plant and 
animal populations and communities. 
Included will be field studies of local habitats 
as well as laboratory experimentation. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. 

225 

PLANT SCIENCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants and 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photo- 
synthetic organisms; classification systems 
and plant identification, and human uses of 
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in 
various aspects of human infectious disease. 
Mechanisms for treating and preventing 
infectious diseases will be presented. Labo- 
ratory to include diagnostic culture proce- 
dures, antibiotic sensitivity testing, serology, 
anaerobic techniques and a study of hemo- 
lytic reactions. Three hours of lecture and 
four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
site: One year of introductory level biology, 
one year of chemistry or consent of instruc- 
tor. Not open to students who have received 
credit for Biology 221. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



328 

AQUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with fresh- 
water ecosystems. Studies will include a 
survey of the plankton, benthos, and fish — 
as well as the physical and chemical charac- 
teristics of water that influence their distribu- 
tion. Several local field trips and a one-week 
trip to a field station will familiarize students 
with the diversity of habitats and the tech- 
niques of limnologists. Alternate May terms. 
Prerequisites: Biology 110-111. 

329 

TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course where students 
study the creatures of the fringing reefs, 
barrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and 
mangrove swamps at a tropical marine 
laboratory. Studies will include survey of 
plankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as 
the physical and chemical characteristics 
that influence their distribution. 
Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. Alternate 
May terms. 

330 

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
OF VERTEBRATES 

Detailed examination of the origins, 
structure, and functions of the principal 
organs of the vertebrates. Special attention is 
given to the progressive modification of 
organs from lower to higher vertebrates. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Biology 
110-111. Alternate years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 

Comparative study of the invertebrate 
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol- 
ogy, morphology, and ecology. Two three- 
hour lecture/ laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. Alternate 
years. 



335 

CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY 

Physiochemical background of cellular 
function: functions of membrane systems 
and organelles; metaboUc pathways; bio- 
chemical and cellular bases of growth, 
development and responses of organisms. 
Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111 and a year of chemistry. 
Alternate years. 

336 

EVOLUTION 

The study of the origin and modification 
of life on earth. Topics discussed include 
molecular evolution, population genetics, 
gene flow, natural selection, sexual selection, 
kin selection, neutral theory, extinction, co- 
evolution, and the evolution of man. Four 
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111 or consent of the instructor. 
Alternate years. 

339 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation- 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will 
focus on topics such as chromosomal 
abnormalities, metabolic variation and 
disease, somatic cell genetics, genetic 
screening, and immunogenetics. Laboratory 
exercises will offer practical experiences in 
genetic diagnostic techniques. Prerequisite: 
Biology 101-102 or 110-111. May term only. 

342 

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
and biological significance of animal 
behaviors in their normal environment and 
social contexts. Three hours of lecture and 
one four-hour laboratory each week. Pre- 
requisite: Biology 1 10-111. Alternate years. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



346 

VIROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses. 
The course will cover virus anatomy and 
reproduction, diseases caused by viruses, 
modem treatments of viral infections and 
viral vaccines produced by recombinant DNA 
and other technologies. Course content will 
also include a description of how viruses are 
used as tools for genetic engineering and for 
studying cellular processes like membrane 
signal transduction, regulation of genetic 
expression and oncogenesis (cancer). Four 
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concern- 
ing how pathogens cause disease and host 
defense mechanisms against infectious 
diseases. Characterization of and relation- 
ships between antigens, haptens, and antibod- 
ies are presented. Serological assays will 
include: agglutination, precipitations, 
immunofluorescence, immunoeletrophoresis, 
and complement fixation. Other topics are: 
immediate and delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. 
allergies such as hay fever and poison ivy), 
immunological renal diseases, immunohema- 
tology (blood groups, etc), hybridome 
technology, the chemistry and function of 
complement, autoimmunity, and organ graft 
rejection phenomena. Three hours of 
lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one 
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequi- 
site: Biology 110-111. Alternate years. 

403 

FIELD BIOLOGY FOR TEACHERS 

A methods course for students preparing 
to teach biology. Sources and methods 
of collecting and preserving various plant and 
animal materials. Summer term only. 



431 

HISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
microscopic anatomy of the organs and 
structures of the body which are formed from 
them. Focus is on normal human histology. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Biology 
1 1 0-1 1 1 . Alternate years. 

433 

ECONOMIC AND 
SYSTEMATIC BOTANY 

Structure and classification of plants with 
emphasis on those species, particularly food 
and drug plants, having significance for 
human affairs. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
sites: Biology 110-111, Biology 225. 
Alternate years. 

440 

PARASITOLOGY AND 
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism. 
Studies on the major groups of animal 
parasites and anthropod vectors of disease 
will involve taxonomy and life cycles. 
Emphasis will be made on parasites of 
medical and veterinary importance. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisite: Biology 110- 
111. Alternate years. 

441 

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus. 
Particular attention is given to the chick and 
human as representative organisms. Two 
three-hour lecturel laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. 
Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, 
including allosteric control, induction, 
repression, signal transduction as well as the 
various types of inhibitive control mecha- 
nisms. Three hours of lecture, one three- 
hour laboratory and one hour of arranged 
work per week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 
220-221 or Chemistry 115, or consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as Chemistry 444. 
Alternate years. 

445 

RADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and 
nonionizing radiations on cells, tissues and 
organisms. Consideration will be given to 
repair mechanisms and how repair deficien- 
cies elucidate the nature of radiation damage. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Biology 
110-1 1 1 , one year of chemistry. Alternate 
years. 

446 

PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 
A study of plant physiology as a function 
of plant anatomy. Metabolic relationships 
and environmental factors will be examined 
from a background of the structure and 
development of cells, tissues, organs, and 
whole plants. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
sites: Biology 110-111, Biology 225. Alter- 
nate years. 

448 
ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the 
role of the endocrine hormones in the 
integration of body functions. This is 
followed by a study of the control of hor- 



mone synthesis and release, and a considera- 
tion of the mechanisms by which hormones 
accomplish their effects on target organs. 
Two three-hour lecture/ laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. 
Alternate years. 

349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biologi- 
cal sciences using techniques such as meeting 
and talking with active researchers, reading 
and critically analyzing the current literature, 
and discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read 
and analyze specific papers, actively 
participate in discussions. Students majoring 
in this department are required to enroll 
during all semesters spent on campus in the 
junior and senior years. The grade will be P/ 
F. Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
Prerequisites: biology majors with junior or 
senior class standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Department 
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medi- 
cine or rehabilitative therapies at a local 
hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or 
field work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

Associate Professor: Weaver (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Stemgold 
Instructor: Henninger 

1 his major is designed to educate 
students in the functions of today's profit and 
non-profit organizations. The program 
provides a well-balanced preparation for a 
wide variety of careers, including finnce 
management, marketing, sales, commercial 
banking, investments and portfolio manage- 
ment, advertising and retail merchandising. 
Required courses are Business 11 0, 111, 
223, 228, 329, 338, 339, 440, 441; Mathe- 
matics 103. Business 332 or 443 may be 
substituted for Business 329 and Business 
340 may be substituted for Business 339. 



Accounting 110 may be substituted for 
Business 110 if the student is transferring 
into the business administration major, but 
duplicate credit will not be granted. 

Majors are encouraged to take Business 
335, 336; Computer Science 108; Economics 
110, 111; Mass Communication 211, 323; 
Mathematics 109; Philosophy 216; and 
Psychology 225. Majors are also encouraged 
to take a foreign language. The additional 
elective offerings are intended to add depth 
in the areas of finance, marketing and 
management. 

Minors 

The Business Administration Department 
offers two minors. The following courses are 
required to complete a minor in Marketing: 
Business 228, 329, 332, 445, and 443 or 448. 
A minor in Finance requires the completion 
of Business 338, 339, 340, and Economics 
220, 441, or Accounting 225. 



LYCOMING COULEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



110 

HNANCIAL ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the art of measuring, 
communicating, and interpreting fmancial 
activity. Recording, classifying and summa- 
rizing business transactions, the interpretation 
of accounts, and the preparation of financial 
statements are studied. Not open to students 
who have received credit for Accounting 110. 

Ill 

MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the various compo- 
nents of managerial accounting. Emphasis is 
placed on managerial problem-solving- 
techniques and the analysis of the results. 
Accounting systems, costing procedures, 
cost- volume profit relationships, managerial 
control processes and the use of computers as 
aids to decision-making are studied. Students 
will gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: Business 110 or Account- 
ing 110. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS 

Techniques of quantitative analysis useful 
in making business decisions. Topics 
include: decision theory, inventory models, 
network models, forecasting, and other 
selected applications. Students will be 
introduced to computer applications of the 
quantitative models. Prerequisite: Math- 
ematics 103 or consent of instructor. 

228 

MARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
promote and distribute their products and 
services. Topics include new product 
development, advertising, retailing, consumer 
behavior, marketing strategy, ethical issues in 



marketing and others. Readings, case 
studies, library assignments and team 
research projects. 

329 

MARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to analyze 
and select target markets, and then to develop 
strategies for gaining and maintaining these 
customers. Topics include competitive 
strategy, market segmentation, product 
positioning, business demographics and 
marketing-related financial analysis. Read- 
ings, case studies, library assignments and 
computer exercises. Prerequisites: Business 
228 and Math 103, or consent of instructor. 

332 
ADVERTISING 

Nature, scope, methods, and effects of 
promotion. Techniques of analysis and 
control in the use of advertising and publicity 
as tools in developing business strategy. 
Prerequisite: Business 228 or consent of 
instructor. 

335 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analysis of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instru- 
ments. Open only to juniors and seniors. 

336 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. Open only to 
juniors and seniors. 

338 

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT I 

An introduction to working capital 
management and financial analysis and 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



planning. Topics are covered through 
readings, cases and problem-solving in the 
areas of decisions on current asset and 
liability structures, cash and marketable 
securities, accounts receivables, inventory 
management and control, spontaneous 
financing, short-term borrowing, ratio and 
financial statement analysis, source and use 
statements, cash flow forecasting, and 
financial statements forecasting. Prerequi- 
sites: Mathematics 103, Business 110, 111, 
and 223; or consent of instructor. 

339 

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT II 

A study of capital asset structure and 
long-term financial decisions. Topics are 
covered through readings, cases, and prob- 
lem-solving in the areas of capital budgeting, 
including risk and required rates of return, 
leveraging in the firm, concepts of capital 
structures, dividend policy, external financ- 
ing, term and lease financing, long-term debt, 
equity securities, convertible securities and 
warrants. Prerequisite: Business 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of 
the economy and the structure and functions 
of financial markets and the agencies 
involved; brokerage houses and stock 
exchanges; the various types of investments 
available. Techniques used to evaluate 
financial securities. Also covered are recent 
developments in investment theory. Pre- 
requisite: Business 338 or consent of 
instructor. 

341 

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 
This course is designed to familiarize 
students with the environment and institu- 
tional framework in which international firms 
operate. Through readings, case studies and 



discussions, students will investigate the 
primary problems confronting international 
businesses, including cross-cultural conflicts, 
trade and payment systems, "multination- 
aUzation" of business enterprises, the 
changing relationship between former 
communist East and capitalist West, and the 
role of the business manager in that environ- 
ment. Prerequisite: Business 228 or consent 
of instructor. 

439 

BUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with 
practical work experience with local compa- 
nies and organizations. Students work 10-12 
hours j)er week for their sponsor organiza- 
tions, in addition to attending a weekly 
seminar on management topics relevant to 
their work assignments. Since enrollment is 
limited by the available number of positions, 
students must apply directly to the business 
department before preregistration to be 
eligible for the course. Majors only 
and consent of instructor. 

440 

MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS 

Structural characteristics and functional 
relationships of a business organization as 
well as the problems encountered in coordi- 
nating the internal resources of a firm. 
Emphasis on administrative efficiency and 
procedures. 

441 

BUSINESS POLICIES 

Planning, organization, and control of 
business operations; setting of goals; 
coordination of resources, development of 
policies. Analysis of strategic decisions 
encompassing all areas of a business, and the 
use and analysis of control measures. 
Emphasis on both the internal relationship of 
various elements of production, finance, 
marketing, and personnel, and the relation- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



ship of the business entity to external stimuli. 
Readings, cases, and games. Prerequisite: 
Business 223. 228. 329. 338. 339. and 440. or 
consent of instructor. Seniors only. 

442 

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to the managerial 
problems of recruiting, selecting, training, 
and retraining the human resources of the 
firm. Emphasis is placed on the interrelation- 
ship of personnel policies with management 
objectives and philosophies in such areas as 
fringe benefits, wage and salary policies, 
union activities, and health and safety. 

443 

RETAIL MANAGEMENT I 

Planning, organization, and control of the 
retaihng firm. Competitive strategy develop- 
ment through store location, layout, adminis- 
tration organization, buying, and pricing. 
Cases, reading, and papers. Prerequisite: 
Business 228 or consent of instructor. 

445 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and 
practices of marketing research. The focus is 
on the development and application of 
marketing research studies. Topics covered 
include selection of a research design, project 
planning and scheduling, data specification 
and gathering, quantitative methods to 
analyze data, interpretation of data, and 
research report writing. Reading, cases, and 
research project. Mathematics 103 and 
Business 228 or consent of instructor. 

446 

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to the planning, organiza- 
tion, and controlling of operations in a 
production facility. The course also incorpo- 
rates quantitative techniques and computer 
applications used in the production and 



operations management environment. Topics 
include capacity and layout planning, facility 
location analysis, job design and work 
measurement, production scheduling, 
materials requirement planning models, and 
quality controls. Students will engage in the 
actual design of an inventory status file and 
MRP system. Prerequisite: Business 223 or 
consent of instructor. 

447 

CREATIVE ADVERTISING 

A workshop concerned with theme, copy 
and effective presentation of advertisements 
for print media, radio, and direct mail. 
Primarily an exploration of creativity through 
analysis of works of artists and writers with 
application to practical advertising, and 
tailored to the interests of individual students. 
May term. Prerequisite: Business 332 or 
consent of instructor. 

448 

SALES SEMINAR 

The role of selling in the economy. The 
art of creative selling; application of theories 
from the behavioral sciences to selling 
through the analysis of sales situations and 
techniques. Prerequisite: Business 228 or 
consent of instructor. 

449 

MANAGING THE SMALL BUSINESS 

How the potential businessman proceeds 
in establishing, operating, and profiting from 
a small business operation. Considered and 
analyzed are such aspects as marketing, 
managing, financing, promoting, insuring, 
establishing, developing, and staffing the 
small retail, wholesale service, and manufac- 
turing firm. May term. Prerequisite: 
Business HI, 228, and 338 or consent of 
instructor. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • CHEMISRY 




470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typical examples are marketing analysis 
for a paper products firm, planning a branch 
store, hotel and real estate management, 
banking and insurance. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Examples of recent studies are: the 
economic impact of a college on a commu- 
nity and marketing strategy for a local firm 
entering the consumer market. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

A recent project was a study of the 
evolution of anti-trust legislation in the 
United States. 



CHEMISTRY 

Professor: Franz (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: McDonald 
Assistant Professors: Berkheimer, Wolfskill 

A major in chemistry consists of Chemis- 
try 110-111, 220-221, 330-331, 332 and 333; 
Physics 225-226; Mathematics 128, 129 and 
one of the following courses: Mathematics 
103, 231, 238, 332, or Computer Science 
125. Mathematics 231 and 238 and French 
or German are strongly recommended for 
students planning on graduate study in chem- 
istry. To be certified in secondary education, 
chemistry majors must also pass two biology 
courses numbered 1 10 or higher. 

The Department is approved by the 
American Chemical Society (ACS) to certify 
those students whose programs meet or 
exceed requirements established by the ACS. 
Students who wish to earn ACS certification 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 



must complete the major described above, as 
well as Chemistry 443 and two courses from 
Chemistry 440, 442, 447, and 480 (or 490). 
Students who complete the ACS-certified 
degree are eligible for admission as members 
to the American Chemical Society following 
graduation. 

Minor 

A minor in Chemistry requires completion 
of four courses numbered 220 or higher; at 
least one must be taken from each of the 
following groups: Group A (220-221, 440, 
442, 444, 447) and Group B (226 or 332, 
330-331, 333, 439, 443). Named minors in 
specialized areas may be designed by 
students with departmental approval. 

108 

CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES 

An introduction to the principles of 
inorganic chemistry. Topics include atomic 
and molecular structure, nomenclature, gases, 
solutions, acids and bases, kinetics, equilib- 
rium, oxidation-reduction, and stoichiometry. 
The approach is primarily descriptive with 
illustrations drawn mostly from the health 
sciences. Along with Chemistry 115, this 
course is designed for those students who 
require only two semesters of chemistry, and 
is not intended for students planning to enroll 
in chemistry courses numbered 200 or above. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discus- 
sion, and one three-hour laboratory period 
each week. Prerequisite: Math 100 or 
consent of the Chemistry Depsrtment. Not 
open for credit to students who have received 
credit for Chemistry 110. 

110 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the con- 
cepts and models of chemistry. Topics 
include stoichiometry, atomic and molecular 
structure, nomenclature, bonding, thermo- 
chemistry, gases, solutions, and chemical 



reactions. The laboratory introduces the 
student to methods of separation, purifica- 
tion, and identification of compounds 
according to their physical properties. This 
course is designed for students who plan to 
major in one of the sciences. Three hours 
lecture, one hour of discussion and one three- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi- 
site: 110 Prerequisite: Math 100 or consent 
of the Chemistry Department. Not open for 
credit to students who have received credit 
for Chemistry 108. except by permission of 
the Chemistry Department. 

Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of Chemistry 1 10, with 
emphasis placed on the foundations of 
analytical, inorganic, and physical chemistry. 
Topics include kinetics, general and ionic 
equilibria, acid-base theory, electrochemistry, 
thermodynamics, nuclear chemistry, coordi- 
nation chemistry, and descriptive inorganic 
chemistry of selected elements. The labora- 
tory treats aspects of quantitative and 
qualitative inorganic analysis. Three hours of 
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 110 or consent of 
the Chemistry Department. 

115 

BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the 
principles of organic chemistry with material 
relevant to students in medical technology, 
biology, nursing, forestry, education and the 
humanities. Topics include nomenclature, 
alkanes, arenes, functional derivatives, amino 
acids and proteins, carbohydrates and other 
naturally occurring compounds. This course 
is designed for students who require only one 
semester of organic chemistry. Three hours 
of lecture, one hour of discussion, and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 



Prerequisite: Chemistry 108 or 110. Not 
open for credit to students who have received 
credit for Chemistry 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fundamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 111. 

226 

CLINICAL ANALYSIS 

A presentation of selected wet-chemical 
and instrumental methods of quantitative 
analysis with an orientation toward clinical 
applications in medical technology. Topics 
include: general methods and calculations; 
solutions; titrations; photometric analyses 
(colorimetric, atomic absorption, flame 
emission); electrochemical methods (ion- 
selective electrodes, coulometry); automa- 
tion. Lecture, recitation, and laboratory 
daily. Prerequisite: Chemistry 110-111 or 
consent of instructor. May not be taken for 
credit following Chemistry 332. May 
term only. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental principles of 
theoretical chemistry and their applications. 
The laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours 
of lecture and one four- hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 
111, Mathematics 129, and one year of 
physics or consent of instructor. 



332 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary 
instrumental analysis together with practice 
in laboratory techniques and calculations of 
these methods. Two hours of lecture and two 
three-hour laboratory periods each week. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry HI or consent 
of instructor. 

333 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modem theories of atomic and 
molecular structure and their relationship to 
the chemistry of selected elements and their 
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 330, Mathematics 
129, and one year of physics or consent of 
instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

After presenting the origin, basic con- 
cepts, and formulation of quantum mechanics 
with emphasis on its physical meaning, the 
course will investigate the free particle, 
simple harmonic oscillator, and central-force 
problems. Both time-independent and time- 
dependent perturbation theory will be 
covered. The elegant operator formalism of 
quantum mechanics will conclude the course. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation. Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 231 , either Chemis- 
try 331 or Physics 226, and consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as Physics 439. 

440 

ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modem 
synthetic organic chemistry. Topics may 
include oxidation-reduction processes, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 



carbon-carbon bond forming reactions, 
functional group transformations, and multi- 
step syntheses of natural products (antibiot- 
ics, antitumor agents, and antiviral agents). 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour lab- 
oratory period. Prerequisite: Chemistry 221. 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY AND 
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE 

Theory and application of the identifica- 
tion of organic compounds. Special empha- 
sis will be placed on the utilization of 
spectroscopic techniques ( H-NMR, C- 
NMR, IR, UV-VIS, and MS). Three of hours 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period 
each week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 221. 
Chemistry 331. or consent of instructor. 

443 

ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of 
instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture 
and one four-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 331 and 332 
or consent of instructor. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, 
including allosteric control, induction, 
repression, signal transduction as well as the 
various types of inhibitive control mecha- 
nisms. Prerequisite: Chemistry 221 or 115 
or consent of instructor. Cross-listed as 
Biology 444. 



447 

POLYMER CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the synthesis, charac- 
terization, and applications of high molecular 
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules. 
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic 
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one 
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: Chem- 
istry 221 and 330, or consent of instructor. 

348 & 448 

CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
invited professional chemists discuss their 
own research activities or those of others 
which have appeared in recent chemical 
literature. Prerequisite: Three semesters of 
non-credit Chemistry Colloquium taken 
during the junior and senior years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL nJSTICE 




CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

Assistant Professor: Strauser (Coordinator) 

1 his major is designed to acquaint 
students with the American criminal justice 
system and to provide an understanding of 
the social, psychological, philosophical, and 
political contexts within which the system of 
criminal justice functions. Its aim is to 
develop students' intellectual and scientific 
skills in raising and attempting to answer 
important questions about the system of 
justice and its place in society. The program 
offers opportunity for intern experience in the 
field, and prepares for careers in the areas of 
law enforcement, probation and parole, 
prisons, and treatment services. 

The major has two tracks. Track I 
prepares for careers in law enforcement. 
Track II prepares for careers in corrections. 



Track I - Law Enforcement. 

The major consists of 10 courses, distrib- 
uted as follows: 

A. Professional courses in criminal justice 
(three courses): 

Introduction to the Criminal Justice 
System (Sociology and Anthropology 1 15); 
Introduction to Law Enforcement 
(Sociology and Anthropology 223); 
The American Prison System (Sociology 
and Anthropology 339) 

B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political context of the 
justice system (seven courses): 
Criminology (Sociology and Anthropol- 
ogy 300) and either Juvenile Delinquency 
(Sociology and Anthropology 221) or 
Racial and Cultural Minorities (Sociology 
and Anthropology 334) (two courses); 
Abnormal Psychology (Psychology 116) 
(one course); 

America as a Civilization (American 
Studies 200), Afro-American History 
(History 230) or United States Social and 
Intellectual History Since 1877 (History 
443) (one course); 

Law and Society (Political Science 335) 
and Civil Rights and Liberties (Political 
Science 331) (two courses); Philosophical 
Issues in Criminal Justice (Philosophy 
218) (one course) 

C. Internship or practicum in law enforce- 
ment (recommended but not required 
for the major). 

Track II - Corrections. 

The major consists of 10 courses, distrib- 
uted as follows: 

A. Professional courses in criminal justice 
(three courses): 

Introduction to the Criminal Justice 
System (Sociology and Anthropology 1 15); 
The American Prison System (Sociology 
and Anthropology 339); 
Introduction to Human Services (Sociol- 
ogy and Anthropology 222) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



® 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE .ECONOMICS 



B, Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political context of the 
justice system (seven courses): 
Criminology (Sociology and Anthropol- 
ogy 3(X)) and either Juvenile Delinquency 
(Sociology and Anthropology 221) or 
Racial and Cultural Minorities (Sociology 
and Anthropology 334) (two courses); 
Abnormal Psychology (Psychology 1 16) 
(one course); 

America as a Civilization (American 
Studies 200), Afro- American History 
(History 230) or United States Social and 
Intellectual History Since 1877 (History 
443) (one course); 

Law and Society (Political Science 335) 
and Civil Rights and Liberties (Political 
Science 331) (two courses); 
Philosophical Issues in Criminal Justice 
(Philosophy 218) (One course) 

C. Internship or practicum in corrections 
(recommended but not required for the 
major). Prerequisite: Mathematics 103, 
Psychology 431, and Psychology 239. 
These prerequisites may be waived in 
certain cases by the coordinating 
committee. 

Majors should seek advice concerning 
course selection from members of the 
coordinating committee and should note 
course prerequisites in planning their 
programs. 

Minor 

A minor in Criminal Justice consists of 
five courses. Required courses include: Soc 
iology 115 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
and any four other courses in the Criminal 
Justice major listed above, at least three of 
which must be numbered 200 or above. To 
receive credit for a minor in Criminal Justice, 
a student must maintain a minimum 2.0 
cumulative average in courses completed 
for the minor. 




ECONOMICS 

Professor: Opdahl 
Assistant Professor: Madresehee 
(Chairperson) 

1 he major has two tracks. Track I is 
designed for the student whose primary 
interest lies in business management; Track 
II is designed to provide a broad understand- 
ing of economic, social, and business 
problems. In addition to preparing students 
for a career in business or government, this 
track provides an excellent background for 
graduate or professional studies. 

Track I - Managerial Economics requires 
Economics 110, 111, 332, and either 330 or 
441; Business 1 10 and 1 1 1 or Accounting 
1 10 and 220; Business 338 and either 339 or 
340, plus two other economics courses. 

Track 11 - General Economics requires 
Economics 110 and 111, 331,440, 330 or 
441, and three other courses in economics. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



Depending on their academic and career 
interests, students are encouraged to select a 
minor in another department such as political 
science, philosophy, or history. 

In addition, the following courses are 
recommended: all majors - Math 103 and 
Business 223; majors planning graduate 
work - Math 112 and 128; Track II majors - 
Business 1 10 and 1 1 1 or Accounting 1 10 
and 220. 

A minor in economics requires the 
completion of Economics 110 and 111 and 
three other economics courses numbered 200 
or above, or any four economics courses 
numbered 200 or above. 

110 

PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of 
the economic system as a whole. What 
influences the level of national income and 
employment? What is inflation and why do 
we have it? What is the role of government 
in a modem capitalistic system? How does 
business organize to produce the goods and 
services we demand? How are the American 
financial and banking systems organized? 
What is the nature of American unionism? 
What are the elements of government finance 
and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 

This course focuses upon microeconomics 
and selected current economic problems. It 
deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the firm and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth, 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 



220 

MONEY AND BANKING 

Covers business fluctuations and mone- 
tary and fiscal policy; the financial organiza- 
tion of society; the banking system; credit 
institutions; capital markets, and international 
financial relations. Prerequisite: 
Economics 110. 

in 

COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 

A comparative analysis of the underlying 
ideologies, the basic institutions, and the 
performance of selected economic systems. 
Alternate years. 

224 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and 
economic problems associated with urbaniza- 
tion, including poverty, employment, 
education, crime, health, housing, land use 
and the environment, transportation, and 
public finance. Analysis of solutions offered. 
Alternate years. 

225 

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 

A study of the relationship between 
environmental decay and economic growth, 
with particular reference to failures of the 
price and property-rights systems; application 
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at 
the creation of an ecologically-viable 
economy. 

226 

DEVELOPMENT OF LESS 
DEVELOPED COUNTRIES 

A study of the theories and problems of 
capital accumulation, allocation of resources, 
technological development, growth, planning 
techniques, and institutions and international 
relations encountered by the developing 
nations. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^% 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 



229 

BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING 
An introduction to the nature and history 
of business fluctuations, the tools used in 
aggregate analysis, theories that seek to 
explain the cycle, and techniques used in 
forecasting economic activity. Prerequisite: 
Economics 110 or permission of the instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

230 
ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
most useful and necessary sets of tools for 
decision-making. By using a variety of 
modem statistical methods, econometrics 
helps us to estimate economic relationships, 
test different economic behaviors, and 
forecast different economic variables. 
Prerequisites: Mathematic 103, Economics 
110 and 111, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

330 

INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 
An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory regarding consumer demand, produc- 
tion costs and theory, profit maximization, 
market structures, and the determinants of 
returns to the factors of production. Pre- 
requisites: Economics 110 and 111. 
Alternate years. 

331 

INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 
An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory and practice with regard to business 
fluctuation, national income accounting, the 
determination of income and employment 
levels, and the use of monetary and fiscal 
policy. Prerequisites: Economics 110 and 
111. Alternate years. 



332 

GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 
An analytical survey of government's 
efforts to maintain competition through 
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
cases of private monopoly through public 
utility regulation and via means of regulatory 
commissions, and to encourage or restrain 
various types of private economic activities. 
Prerequisites: Economics 110 and 111 or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the 
United States, including the structure of 
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the 
role of government in labor-management 
relations and the economic impact of unions. 
Alternate years. 

337 

PUBLIC HNANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. 
Prerequisite: Economics 110 and 111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas 
embodied in the works of Smith, Marx, 
Schumpeter, Keynes, and others. Prerequi- 
sites: Economics 110 and 111 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 



199Z-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS • EDUCATION 



techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequi- 
sites: Economics 110 andlll . Some 
understanding of differential calculus is 
recommended. 

443 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, 
development, and policies concerning 
international economic relations, with 
particular reference to the United States. 
Subjects covered include: U.S. commercial 
policy and its development, international 
trade theory, tariffs and other protectionist 
devices, international monetary system and 
its problems, balance of payments issues. 
Alternate years. Prerequisites: Economics 
110 and 111. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, bank- 
ing, or government, supervised by assigned 
employee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




EDUCATION 

Assistant Professors: Conrad (Chairperson), 

Hungerford 
Part-time Instructors: Shivetts, Mosser, 

Salvatori, Straub, Bossert 

1 he Education Department offers 
Pennsylvania-approved teacher certification 
programs in elementary and secondary 
education, as well as a school nurse certifica- 
tion program. 

Students seeking secondary certification 
must complete Education 200 and Psychol- 
ogy 338 (1/2 day observations with cooperat- 
ing teacher) as prerequisites to the profes- 
sional semester (Education 446, 447, 449), as 
well as the necessary subject area courses. 
Students may earn secondary certification in 
one or more of the following areas: art 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



(K-12). biology, chemistry, English, French 
(K-12), general science, German (K-12), 
mathematics, music (K-12), physics, 
school nurse (K-12), social studies, and 
Spanish (K-12). 

Students seeking elementary certification 
must complete Education 200, Psychology 
338, Mathematics 205, Education 000, 341, 
342, 343, and 344 (1/2 day observations with 
cooperating teacher) as prerequisite to the 
professional semester (Education 445, 447 
and 448). 

Students interested in the teacher- 
education program should refer to the 
Teacher Education Handbook, which 
specifies the current requirements for cert- 
ification. Early consultation with a member 
of the Education Department is strongly 
recommended. Application for the profes- 
sional semester must be made during the 
spring semester of the junior year. The 
Department of Education admits to the 
professional semester only those applicants 
who are in good academic standing, have 
satisfactorily completed the participation 
requirements, have paid the student teaching 
fee, and have received a positive evaluation 
based upon: (a) recommendation from the 
student's major department (b) a screening 
interview conducted by the Education 
Department; and (c) a writing sample from 
the student. Major departments have 
different criteria for their recommendations. 
Therefore, the student should consult with the 
chairperson of the major department about 
those requirements. 

Additional teacher intern program 
information can be found on page 43 - 44. 

000 

SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Each elementary student teacher attends a 
series of 24 seminars conducted prior to 
student teaching, during the fall semester of 



the senior year. These seminars, conducted 
by certified public school personnel, empha- 
size activities and knowledge which are 
helpful in the self-contained elementary 
classroom. Non-credit course. 

200 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 

STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, 
and religious conditions which influence 
American schools and teachers. Considera- 
tion is given to the school environment, the 
curriculum, and the children with the 
intention that students will examine more 
rationally their own motives for entering the 
profession. 

232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory 
aids to learning. Practical experience in the 
handling of audio-visual equipment and 
materials is provided. Application of audio- 
visual techniques. Application of the visual 
and auditory aids to learning. Students will 
plan and carry out actual teaching assign- 
ments utilizing various A-V devices. 

239 

PUBLIC SCHOOL CURRICULUM 

An examination of the various curricula of 
the public schools and their relationship to 
current practices. Special attention will be 
given to the meaning and nature of the 
curriculum, the desirable outcomes of the 
curriculum, conflicting and variant concep- 
tions of curricula content, modem techniques 
of curricular construction, criteria for the 
evaluation of curricula, the curriculum as a 
teaching instrument. Emphasis will be 
placed upon the curriculum work within the 
teaching field of each individual. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 
sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social-science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: Education 200 and 
Psychology 338 or consent of instructor. 

342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 

THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpret- 
ing children's science experiences and 
guiding the development of the scientific 
concepts. A study of the science content of 
the curriculum, its material, and use. Obser- 
vation and participation in Lycoming County 
elementary schools. Prerequisite: Education 
200 and Psychology 338 or consent of 
instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 

A course designed to consider the princi- 
pal means of communication, oral and 
written, including both practical and creative 
uses. Attention will be given to listening, 
speaking, written expression, linguistics and 
grammar, spelling, and handwriting. Stress 
will be placed upon the interrelatedness 
of the language arts. Children's literature 
will be explored as a vehicle for developing 
creative characteristics in children and for 
ensuring an appreciation of the creative 
writing of others. Observation and participa- 



tion in Lycoming County elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: Education 200 and Psychology 
338 or consent of instructor. 

344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an 
elementary developmental-reading program 
from kindergarten through sixth grade. 
Emphasis is upon designing a reading 
instructional program which reflects the 
nature of the learning process and recognizes 
principles of child development through 
examination of the principles, problems, 
methods, and materials used in elementary 
reading programs. Prerequisite: Psychology 
338, Education 200, or consent of instructor. 

The Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Elementary Professional Semester: 

EDUCATION 445 — Methods of Teaching 
in the Elementary 
School 

EDUCATION 447 — Problems in 

Contemporary 
American Education 
Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 



EDUCATION 448 



445 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
between the theoretical studies of physical, 
social and cognitive development and the 
elementary classroom environment. Particu- 
lar consideration will be given to the appro- 
priate age and developmental level of the 
students with an emphasis upon selection and 
utilization of methods in all the elementary 
subject areas, including art and music. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



Specific attention is given to the development 
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
maintaining classroom control, and for 
overall classroom management. Direct 
application is made to the individual student- 
teaching experience. Prerequisites: Mathe- 
matics 205. Education 000, 341. 342. 343. 
and 344, and pre-student teaching 
participation. 

A4n 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

448 

STUDENT TEACfflNG IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
public elementary school in Lycoming 
County. Student teachers are required to 
follow the calendar of the school district to 
which they are assigned. Two units 
maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 

The Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

EDUCATION 446 — Methods of Teaching 
in the Secondary School 

EDUCATION 447 — Problems in 
Contemporary 
American Education 



EDUCATION 449 — Student Teaching in 
the Secondary School 

446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 
A study of materials, methods, and 
techniques with emphasis on the student's 
major. Stress is placed on the selection and 
utilization of visual and auditory aids to 
learning. Students teach demonstration 
lessons in the presence of the instructor and 
the members of the class and observe 
superior teachers in Lycoming County 
secondary schools. Prerequisite: Education 
200. Psychology 338. and pre-student 
teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under 
the supervision of a selected cooperating 
teacher in a public secondary school in 
Lycoming County. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. 
Two units maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGUSH 




ENGLISH 

Professors: Jensen, Rife 

Associate Professor: Moses (Chairperson) 

Assistant Professors: Austin, Bidlake, 

Hawkes 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Hafer 
Part-time Instructors: Keller, Logue 

1 he department offers two programs 
leading to the major in English: 

Track I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
choose English as a liberal arts major that 
prepares them for a wide range of career 
options; for students who choose English as 
their subject area for elementary certification 
or who wish to earn secondary certification in 
English; for students who wish to improve 
their verbal and analytic ability in prepara- 
tion for a specific career, such as technical 
writing, business, or law; and for students 



who intend to pursue graduate study in 
British or American literature. 

A minimum of ten courses is required for 
Track I, Required courses are English 217, 
220, 221, 222, and 223; two courses selected 
from English 311, 312, 313, 314, and 315; 
one from English 335 and 336; and two 
electives from among courses numbered 215 
and above. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses 
in English are 217, 220, 221, 222, 223, 335, 
336, and 338; three courses selected from 
311, 312, 313, 314, and 315; and one elective 
from among courses numbered 215 and 
above. Required courses outside English are 
Education 200, 446, 447, and 449; Psychol- 
ogy 1 10 and 338; and Theatre 100. 

Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should 
complete the twelve English courses speci- 
fied for secondary certification. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGUSH 



Track II - English Major 
in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A. 
program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creative potential while 
pursuing a fundamental Uberal arts education. 

A minimum of eleven courses is required 
for Track II. Required courses are English 
225 and 240; three courses selected from 
English 220, 221, 222, and 223; one from 
English 311, 312, 313, 314 and 315; one 
from English 331 and 332; one from Enghsh 
335 and 336; two from English 341, 342, 
441, and 442 (note prerequisites); and one 
from English 411 and 412. 

The department offers two minors in 
English: 

Literature: Five courses in literature at the 
200 level or above, at least three of which 
must be numbered 300 or above. 

Writing: Five courses, four of which are 
chosen from English 217, 240, 321, 322, and 
338; plus one writing-intensive course in 
literature at the 300 level. 

105 

INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING 
A review of grammar and an introduction 
to college-level reading and writing. A skills 
lab complements classroom instruction. 
One unit grade of "P" will be assigned when 
the student has successfully completed all of 
the work in the course. Required of, and 
limited to, those who have not been ex- 
empted from English 105. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the compos- 
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a 



position in various situations requiring the 
use of written English. 

215 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

Practice in the methods of close reading 
and formal analysis. Identification of 
primary elements and structures of literary 
representation. Literature chosen for study 
will vary. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. 

Ill 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

Brief introduction to criticism as a 
discipline, followed by workshop training in 
writing critical papers on the major literary 
genres. Prerequisite: Grade of C ■¥ or better 
in English 106 or consent of instructor. 

220 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

Literary forms, themes, and authors from 
the Anglo-Saxon period through the 18th 
century. Emphasis on such writers as 
Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton, 
Swift, Pope, and Johnson; representative 
works from Beowulf io Burney's Evelina. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. 

Ill 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 
19th century. Particular emphasis on such 
writers as Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, 
Tennyson, Browning, Carlyle, Arnold, 
Hardy, and Yeats. Prerequisite: English 106 
or consent of instructor. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGUSH 



222 

AMERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
beginning to the Civil War, with major 
Qmphasis on the writers of the Romantic 
period: Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, 
Melville, Dickinson, and Whitman. Pre- 
requisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. 

AMERICAN LITERATURE II 

Survey of American literature from the 
Civil War to the present, emphasizing such 
authors as Twain, James, Crane, Hemingway, 
Faulkner, Frost, Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and 
Williams. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. 

225 

CLASSICAL LITERATURE 

A study, in translation, of Greek and 
Roman works that have influenced Western 
writers. Literary forms studied include epic, 
drama, satire, and love poetry. Writers 
studied include Homer, Aeschylus, So- 
phocles, Euripides, Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, 
Lucretius, and Ovid. Prerequisite: English 
106 or consent of instructor. 

240 

INTRODUCTION TO 
CREATIVE WRITING 

Workshop discussions, structured exer- 
cises, and readings in contemporary literature 
to provide practice and basic instruction in 
the writing and evaluation of poetry and 
fiction. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent 
of instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English 
poetry and prose from Bede's Ecclesiastical 
History to Malory's Arthurian romance. 



Study of lyric, narrative, drama, and romance 
with emphasis on the cultural context from 
which these forms emerge. Prerequisite: 
English 106 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary 
forms of the Renaissance. Authors studied 
will include Donne, Erasmus, Marlowe, 
More, Shakespeare, Skelton, Sidney, Sf)enser, 
and Surrey. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

313 

RESTORATION AND 
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 18th-century 
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual life of that 
era. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Romantic period (1789- 
1832) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Victorian period (1832- 
1901) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGUSH 



321 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL 

A course providing practice in report and 
technical writing, proposals, and other areas 
where competence will be expected in the 
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite: 
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

322 

ADVANCED WRITING: 

THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define 
themselves through the essay, a form used to 
express the universal through the particular 
and the personal. Readings will include 
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. Prereq- 
uisite: Grade ofC+ or better in English 106 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

331 

20TH-CENTURY FICTION 

Examination of the novels and short 
fiction of such major writers as Conrad, 
Woolf, Joyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Na- 
bokov, with special emphasis on the relation- 
ship of their works to concepts of modernism. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. 

332 

20TH-CENTURY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
modem and contemporary poets including 
Yeats, Eliot, Stevens, Frost, Moore, Lowell, 
Bishop, and Rich. Prerequisite: English 106 
or consent of instructor. 

333 

THE NOVEL 

An examination of British and American 
works from the 18th century to the present, 
focusing on the novel's ability — since its 



explosive inception — to redefine its own 
boundaries. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

WOMEN AND LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
historical — of selected British and Ameri- 
can literature by women, designed to identify 
those elements which distinguish women's 
particular contribution to the literary canon. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

335 
CHAUCER 

A study of the major works with emphasis 
on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde. Some attention to language study 
and to the traditions out of which Chaucer's 
works arose. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

338 

LINGUISTICS AND THE ANALYSIS OF 

THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

Introduction to methods of analyzing 
spoken and written English. Classroom 
work supported by weekly tutorials, in which 
the student gains practical experience in 
identifying, diagnosing, and correcting basic 
communications problems. Prerequisite: 
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGUSH 



341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate workshop focusing on the 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in English 
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

342 

nCTION WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate course in the writing of 
short fiction in a workshop environment, 
where the student is trained to hear language 
at work. Emphasis on characterization and 
story. Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in 
English 240 or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

411 

FORM AND THEORY: POETRY 

Principles of meter, rhyme, formal 
structure, and traditional and contemporary 
poetic forms will be studied through read- 
ings, discussion, and exercises. Designed to 
enhance skills in both practical criticism and 
in creative writing, this course will pay 
particular attention to theories concerned 
with the relationship between form and 
content in poetry. Prerequisite: English 240 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

412 

FORM AND THEORY: FICTION 

An exploration of such fictional forms as 
drama, short story, novella, tale, yam, novel 
and essay. Serious attention will be given to 
aesthetics and the role and responsibility of 
the writer in society. Prerequisite: English 
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

420 

SELECTED WRITERS 

An intensive study of no more than three 
writers, selected on the basis of student and 
faculty interest. Possible combinations 
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner; 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and 
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens; 
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and 
Yeats. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

421 

TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

Examination of a literary theme, idea, or 
movement as it appears in one or more types 
of literature and as it cuts across various 
epochs. Possible topics include: American 
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and 
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic 
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery 
and Detective Fiction; The Hero in Litera- 
ture. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

POETRY WORKSHOP II 

An advanced workshop in the writing of 
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
ysis of their own work and acquire experi- 
ence in evaluating the work of their peers. 
Prerequisite: English 241. Alternate years. 

442 

nCTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short 
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of 
voice and tone. The student will be encour- 
aged to develop and control his or her 
individual style and produce publishable 
fiction. Prerequisite: English 342. 
Alternate years. 

449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in 
the course includes practical as well as 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGUSH • FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 




theoretical use of the ideas and methods of 
critical inquiry. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include the role of Penn- 
sylvania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art 
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled 
detective novel; contemporary women 
writers; and Milton's use of the Bible in 
Paradise Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" 
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of 
Virginia Woolf." 



FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Associate Professors: Maples, MacKenzie 

(Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Buedel 
Visiting Instructor: Vergara 
Part-time Instructor: A. Falk 

Otudy of foreign languages and litera- 
tures offers opportunity to explore broadly 
the varieties of human experience and 
thought It contributes both to personal and 
to international understanding by providing 
competence in a foreign language and a 
critical acquaintance with the literature and 
culture of foreign peoples. A major can serve 
as entree to careers in business, industry, 
government, publishing, education, journal- 
ism, social agencies, translating, and writing. 
It prepares for graduate work in literature or 
linguistics and the international fields of 
politics, commerce, law, health, and area 
studies. 

French, German, and Spanish are offered 
as major fields of study. The major consists 
of at least eight courses numbered 111 
or above. Majors seeking teacher certifica- 
tion and students planning to enter graduate 
school are advised to begin study of a second 
foreign language. The department encour- 
ages the development in breadth of programs, 
including allied courses from related fields or 
a second major, and also individual or 
established interdisciplinary majors combin- 
ing interest in several literatures or area or 
cross-cultural studies; for example. Interna- 
tional Studies, 20th Century Studies, the 
Major in Literature. Majors, teacher certifi- 
cation candidates, and all students are 
encouraged to spend at least a semester of 
study abroad by applying to one of the many 
programs available. The department main- 
tains a file of such programs. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



Courses taught in English: Foreign 
Languages and Literatures 225 and 338. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

225 

CONTINENTAL LITERATURE 

A study of such major continental authors 
as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante, 
Ibsen, Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe, 
Sartre, Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works 
read in English translation will vary and be 
organized around a different theme or topic; 
recent topics have been existentialism, 
modernism, drama, the Weimar era, and 20th 
century Scandinavian and German prose 
writers. Prerequisite: None. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 
May be accepted toward the English major 
with consent of the Department of English. 

338 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE: 

SYSTEMS AND PROCESS 

Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool 
for language learning and teaching. Discus- 
sion and application of language teaching 
techniques, including work in the language 
laboratory. Designed for future teachers of 
one or more languages and normally taken in 
the junior year. Students should arrange 
through the Department of Education to 
fulfill in the same semester the requirements 
of a participation experience in area schools. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

FRENCH 

A major consists of a minimum of eight 
courses numbered 111 or above, including at 
least two from 402, 412, 423, and 427. In 
addition, all majors who wish lo be certified 
for teaching must pass courses 221-222, and 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 338 (the 
latter course with a C or better). 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



Minor 

A minor in French consists of at least four 
courses numbered 221 and above. Courses 
1 1 1 and 112 may be counted toward the 
minor, but then the minor must consist of at 
least five courses, three of which must be 
numbered 200 and above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY FRENCH 

The aim of the course is to acquire the 
fundamentals of the language with a view to 
using them. Regular practice in speaking, 
understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 

Review and development of the funda- 
mentals of the language for immediate use in 
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a 
view to building confidence in self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite: French 102 or equiva- 
lent. 

221-222 

FRENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Further training in speaking, listening 
comprehension, reading, and writing. 
Includes extensive work in grammar. 
Prerequisite: French 112 or equivalent. 

228 

MODERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students 
with political and social structures and 
cultural attitudes in contemporary French 
society. Material studied may include such 
documents as newspaper articles, interviews 
and sociological surveys, and readings in 
history, religion, anthropology, and the arts. 
Some attention to the changing education 
system and the family and to events and ideas 
which have shaped French society. May 
include some comparative study of France 
and the United States. Prerequisite: French 
221 or consent of instructor. 

I 1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



402 

FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1800 

Major authors and movements from the 
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and 
Enlightenment periods. Includes the chanson 
de geste, Villon, Montaigne, Comeille, 
Racine, Moliere, Voltaire, and Rousseau. 
Prerequisite: French 222 or 228 or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

412 

FRENCH LITERATURE 
OF THE 19TH CENTURY 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil- 
ity: Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal. 
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of 
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of 
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and 
Mallarme. Prerequisite: French 222 or 228 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

423 

MODERN FRENCH THEATRE 

Major trends in French drama from the 
turn of the century to Existentialism and the 
Theatre of the Absurd, Giraudoux, Anouilh, 
Sartre, Camus, Beckett, lonesco. Genet, 
Adamov, and others. Prerequisite: French 
222 or 228 or consent of instructor. 

All 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and novelists of 
modem France. Readings selected from the 
works of authors such as Proust, Gide, 
Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Celine, Malraux, 
Saint-Exupe'ry, Camus, the "new novelists" 
(Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio), 
and the poetry of Apollinaire, Valery, the 
Surrealists (Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char), 
Saint- John Perse, Supervielle, Prevert, and 
others. Some attention to works of French- 
speaking African writers. Prerequisite: 
French 222 or 228 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



441 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, 
oral and written composition, and translation. 
Prerequisite: One course from French 402, 
412, 423, 427 or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French 
include translation. Existentialism, the 
classical period, enlightenment literature, and 
Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GERMAN 

A major consists of a minimum of eight 
courses numbered 1 1 1 or above. One unit of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 225 may 
be included in the major with permission. 
German 431 or German 441 is required of all 
majors. 

All majors who wish to be certified for 
teaching must pass German 323 and 325. In 
addition to the eight courses for the major 
they must also pass Foreign Languages and 
Literatures 338 with a grade of C or better. 
All majors are urged to enroll in History 416, 
Music 336, Political Science 220 and 
Theatre 335. 

Minor 

A minor in German consists of at least 
four courses numbered 200 and above. 
Courses 111 and 1 12 may be counted toward 
the minor, but then the minor must consist of 

I LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



at least five courses, three of which must be 
numbered 200 and above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN 

Aim of course is to acquire the fundamen- 
tals of the language with a view to using 
them. Regular practice in speaking, under- 
standing, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 

Review and development of fundamentals 
of the language for immediate use in speak- 
ing, understanding, and reading with a view 
to building confidence in self-expression. 
Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

A two-semester course designed to review 
and develop skills in speaking, listening, 
writing and reading. Grammar and vocabu- 
lary building are stressed with intensive 
review, writing practice and some reading on 
contemporary issues in German- speaking 
countries. As the course progresses, greater 
emphasis is placed on speaking, listening 
comprehension, and translation. 
Some attention is given to the development 
of the language and its relationship to 
English. Prerequisite: German 112 or 
equivalent. 

323 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I 
Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the Early Middle Ages 
through the 18th century. Prerequisite: 
German 222 or consent of instructor. 



325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 
Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the 19th century to the 
present. Prerequisite: German 222 or 
consent of instructor. 

411 

THE NOVELLE 

The German Novelle as a genre relating to 
various literary periods. Prerequisite: 
German 323 or 325 or consent of instructor. 

421 

GERMAN POETRY 

A study of selected poets or the poetry of 
various literary periods. Possible topics 
include: Romantic poetry, Heine, Rilke, and 
Benn. Prerequisite: German 323 or 325 or 
consent of instructor. 

431 

GOETHE 

A study of the life and works of Goethe. 
Goethe's significance in the Classical period 
and later. Readings in the major works. 
Prerequisite: German 323 or 325 or consent 
of instructor. 

433 

CLASSICAL GERMAN DRAMA 

The development of das klassische Drama 
with emphasis on works of Lessing, Goethe, 
Kleist, and Schiller. Prerequisite: German 
323 or 325 or consent of instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY 
GERMAN LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and 
dramatists of contemporary Germany, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ffi> 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



Switzerland and Austria covering the period 
from 1945 to the present Readings selected 
from writers such as: Borchert, Boll, Brecht, 
Benn, Frisch, Diirrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke, 
Walser, Grass and others. Prerequisite: 
German 323 or 325 or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in German 
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology, 
Hermann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and 
Durrenmatt. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK 

vJreek is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of Greek 221, 222 
and Hebrew 221 and 222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Greek text. Alternate years. 

221 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS 

A comparative study of the synoptic 
tradition in Greek. Prerequisite: Greek 102 
or equivalent. Alternate years. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 
Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: Greek221 or 
equivalent. Alternate years. 



HEBREW 

llebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of Greek 221, 222 
and Hebrew 221 and 222. 

101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Alternate years. 

Ill 

READINGS IN OLD 
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old 
Testament with special attention being given 
to exegetical questions. The text read varies 
from year to year. Prerequisite: Hebrew 102 
or equivalent. Alternate years. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 
and wisdom literature with special attention 
being given to exegetical questions. The text 
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 
Hebrew 221 or equivalent. Alternate years. 

SPANISH 

A major consists of eight courses 
numbered 1 1 1 or above. Foreign Languages 
and Literatures 338 does not count toward the 
major. 

All majors who wish to be certified for 
teaching in secondary school must pass 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 338 
(grade of C or better) and Spanish 418. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least 
four courses numbered 200 and above. 
Courses 111 and 112 may be counted toward 
the minor, but then the minor must consist of 
at least five courses, three of which must be 
numbered 200 and above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

Aim of course is to acquire the fundamen- 
tals of the language with a view to using 
them. Regular practice in speaking, under- 
standing, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

Review and development of fundamentals 
of the language for immediate use in speak- 
ing, understanding, reading and writing with 
a view to building confidence in self- 
expression. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or 
equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW AND 
LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This course consists of a thorough review 
of grammar, drills for oral comprehension 
and expression, discussion of readings and 
the writing of comjxDsitions. It is designed to 
develop the student's ability to read, write 
and converse in Spanish with confidence. 
Prerequisite: Spanish 112 or equivalent. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to the Spanish- 
speaking people — their values, customs and 
institutions, with reference to the geographic 
and historical forces governing present-day 
Spain and Spanish America. Prerequisite: 
Spanish 222 or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 

AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish literature, 
representative authors, and major socio- 
economic developments. The course deals 
with the literature from the Middle Ages to 
the present. Prerequisite: Spanish 222 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish-American 
literature, representative authors, and major 
socio-economic developments. The course 
deals with the literature, especially the essay 
and poetry, from the 16th century to the 
present. Prerequisite: Spanish 222 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written Spanish. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, and translation. Pre- 
requisite: One Spanish course at the 300' s 
level or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

424 

SPANISH LITERATURE 
OF THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and 
principal literary figures in the poetry, prose, 
and drama of the 16th and 17th centuries. 
Prerequisite: Spanish 323. 325, or consent of 
instructor. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES • HISTORY 




426 

MODERN HISPANIC LITERATURE 

Readings of important works of drama, 
poetry, and prose from the major periods of 
the 19th and 20th century Spanish and Latin- 
American literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 
323, 325, or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, 
and cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as reflected in the modem novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



HISTORY 

Professors: Larson (Chairperson), Piper 
Associate Professor: Morris 

A major consists of 10 courses, includ- 
ing 1 10, 111, and 449. At least seven courses 
must be taken in the department . The 
following courses may be counted toward 
fulfilling the major requirements: American 
Studies 200, Political Science 439, Religion 
226 and 228. Other appropriate courses 
outside the department may be counted upon 
departmental approval. For history majors 
who student teach in history, the major 
consists of nine courses. In addition to the 
courses listed below, special courses, 
independent study, and honors are available. 
Special courses recently taught and antici- 
pated include a biographical study of Euro- 
pean Monarchs, the European Left, the 
Industrialization and Urbanization of Modem 



1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



Europe, Utopian Movements in America , the 
Peace Movement in America, The Vietnam 
War, and American Legal History. History 
majors are encouraged to participate in the 
internship program. 

Minor 

Three minors are offered by the Depart- 
ment of History. The following courses are 
required to complete a minor in American 
History: History 125, 126, and three courses 
in American history numbered 200 and 
above. A minor in European History requires 
the completion of History 110,111 and three 
courses in European history numbered 200 
and above. To obtain a minor in History 
(without national or geographical designa- 
tion), a student must complete six courses in 
history, of which three must be chosen from 
history 1 10, 1 1 1, 125, and 126 and three must 
be history courses numbered 200 and above. 

105 

SELECTED THEMES IN 
WESTERN CIVILIZATION 

A survey of the political, economic, 
social, and cultural values and institutions in 
Western Civilization from the time of 
classical Greece to the present. One-half unit 
of credit. (Not open to students who have 
had History 110 and 111). 

110 

EUROPE 1500-1815 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe 
and its relations with other areas of the world 
from 1500 to 1815. 

Ill 

EUROPE 1815-PRESENT 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe 
and its relations with other areas of the world 
from 1815 to the present. 



120 

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, 
the age of discovery and conquest, Spanish 
colonial policy, the independence move- 
ments, and the development of modem 
institutions and governments in Latin 
America. Alternate years. 

125 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877 

A study of the men, measures, and 
movements which have been significant 
in the development of the United States 
between 1607 and 1877. Attention is paid 
to the problems of minority groups as well as 
to majority and national influences. 

126 

UNITED STATES 
HISTORY 1877-PRESENT 

A study of men, measures, and move- 
ments which have been significant in the 
development of the United States since 1877. 
Attention is paid to the problems of minority 
groups as well as to majority and national 
influences. 

210 

ANCIENT HISTORY 

A study of the ancient western world, 
including the foundations of the western 
tradition in Greece, the emergence and 
expansion of the Roman state, its experience 
as a republic, and its transformation into the 
Empire. The course will focus on the social 
and intellectual life of Greece and Rome as 
well as political and economic changes. 
Alternate years. 

212 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE 
AND ITS NEIGHBORS 

The history of Europe from the dissolution 
of the Roman Empire to the mid- 15th 
century. The course will deal with the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



growing estrangement of western Catholic 
Europe from Byzantium and Islam, culminat- 
ing in the Crusades; the rise of the Islamic 
Empire and its later fragmentation; the 
development and growth of feudalism; the 
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of 
the towns. Alternate years. 

216 

FRENCH REVOLUTION 
AND NAPOLEON 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French 
Revolution, a survey of the course of revolu- 
tionary development, and an estimate of the 
results of the Napoleonic conquests and 
admimstiation. Prerequisite: History 110 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA OF 

THE WORLD WARS 

An intensive study of the political, 
economic, social, and cultural history of 
Europe from 1900-1945. Topics include the 
rise of irrational ism, the origins of the First 
World War, the Communist and Fascist 
Revolutions, and the attempts to preserve 
peace before 1939. Prerequisite: History 111 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, 
economic, social, and cultural history of 
Europe since 1945. Topics include the post- 
war economic recovery of Europe, the 
Sovietization of Eastern Europe, the origins 
of the Cold War, decolonization, and the 
flowering of the welfare state. Prerequisite: 
History 111 or consent of instructor. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



222 

HISTORY OF WORLD WAR II 

A comprehensive examination of World 
War II, emphasizing the effects of ideologi- 
cal, economic, and political forces on the 
formulation of military strategy and the 
conduct of operation; the nature and extent of 
the expansion of government powers; and the 
experience of war from the perspective of 
ordinary civilians and military alike. Does 
not count toward distribution. 

226 

COLONIAL AMERICA AND 
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements 
on the American continent, their history as 
colonies, the causes and events of the 
American Revolution, the critical period 
following independence, and proposal and 
adoption of the United States Constitution. 
Alternate years. 

230 

AFRO- AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participa- 
tion of Afro- Americans in the United States. 
The course includes historical experiences 
such as slavery, abolition, reconstruction, and 
urbanization. It also raises the issue of the 
development and growth of white racism, and 
the effect of this racism on contemporary 
Afro- American social, intellectual, and 
political life. Alternate years. 

244 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 

This course begins with the Progressive 
Era and includes the political, economic, and 
social developments in the 20th century. 
Emphasis will be placed on the domestic and 
international demands which have faced the 
United States in the period following World 
War II. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



310 

WOMEN IN fflSTORY 

An examination of the social, political , 
economic and intellectual experience of 
women in the Western World from ancient 
times to the present. May be taken for either 
one-half unit (section 310A) or full unit (sec- 
(tion 310B); declared majors and prospective 
majors should take the full-unit course, 31 OB. 

316 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 
An in-depth study of the changing nature 
of war and its relationship to the development 
of Western Civilization since the end of the 
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the role of war in the development 
of the modem nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A siu-vey of the development of the 
European-states system and the relations 
between the European states since the 
beginning of the French Revolution. Pre- 
requisite: History 111 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

322 

THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 

NATIONALISM., EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from 
the revolutions of 1848 through the unifica- 
tion of Germany. The course centers on the 
struggles for power within the major slates of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
nationalism was used to bring about one type 
of solution. Alternate years. 



328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergence 
of the political and social characteristics that 
shaped modern America. The personalities 
of Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John I 
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson 
receive special attention. Special considera- 
tion is given to the first and second party \ 
systems, the decline in community cohesive- 
ness, the westward movement, and the 
growing importance of the family as a unit of 
social organization. Alternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION , 
The problems and events leading to war, I 
the political and military history of the war, 
and the bitter aftermath to the Compromise 
of 1877. 

340 

20TH CENTURY UNITED 
STATES RELIGION 

The study of historical and cultural 
developments in American society which 
relate to religion or what is commonly called 
religion. This involves consideration of the 
institutional and intellectual development of 
several faith groups as well as discussion of 
certain problems, such as the persistence of 
religious bigotry and the changing modes of 
church-state relationships. Alternate years. 

416 

HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 
A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
propounded prior to the Reformation, but 
which are historically related to its inception, 
and of the ideas and systems of ideas in- 
volved in the formulation of the major 
Reformation Protestant traditions, and in the 
Catholic Reformation. Included are the ideas 
of the humanists of the Reformation Era. 
Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^h 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



418 

HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT 

A study of the classical, humanist, and 
scholastic elements involved in the develop- 
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views 
and values, both in Italy and in Northern 
Europe. The various combinations of social 
and political circumstances which constitute 
the historical context of these intellectual 
developments will be noted. Alternate years. 

442 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877 
A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from its 
colonial antecedents through reconstruction. 
Among the topics considered are Puritanism, 
Transcendentalism, community life and 
organization, education, and social-reform 
movements. Prerequisites: Two courses 
from History 125. 126, 230, or consent of 
instructor. 



The course is open to other students who 
have two courses in history or consent 
of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically, history interns work for local 
government agencies engaged in historical 
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori- 
cal Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent topics include studies of the 
immigration of American blacks, 
political dissension in the Weimer republic, 
Indian relations before the American Revolu- 
tion, and the history of Lycoming County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



443 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877 

A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from recon- 
struction to the present day. Among the 
topics considered are social Darwinism, 
pragmatism, community life and organiza- 
tion, education and social reform movements. 
Prerequisite: Two courses from History 125, 
126, 230 or consent of instructor. 

449 

HISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
meaning of history. It will open to the 
student different historical approaches and 
will provide the opportunity to explore these 
approaches in terms of particular topics and 
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this 
course in either their junior or senior year. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 




INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

1 he major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, 
political, and historical environment of 
Europe today with study of Europe in its 
relations to the rest of the world, particularly 
the United States. It stresses the international 
relations of the North Atlantic community 
and offers the student opportunity to empha- 
size either European studies or international 
relations. The program provides multiple 
perspectives on the cultural traits that shape 
popular attitudes and institutions. Study of a 
single country is included as a data-base for 
comparisons, and study of its language, as a 
basis for direct communication with its 
people. 

The program is intended to prepare a 
student either for graduate study or for 



careers which have an international compo- 
nent. International obligations are increas- 
ingly assumed by government agencies and a 
wide range of business, social, religious, and 
educational organizations. Opportunities are 
found in the fields of journalism, publishing, 
communications, trade, banking, advertising, 
management, and tourism. The program also 
offers flexible career preparation in a variety 
of essential skills, such as research, data 
analysis, report writing, language skills and 
the awareness necessary for dealing with 
people and institutions of another culture. 
Preparation for related careers can be 
obtained through the guided selection of 
courses outside the major in the areas of 
business, economics, foreign languages and 
literatures, government, history, and interna- 
tional relations or through a second major. 
Students should design their programs in 
consultation with members of the Committee 
on International Studies. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^h 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



By completing six to eight additional 
courses in the social sciences (which include 
those courses needed to complete a major in 
economics, history, political science, or 
sociology/anthropology) and the required 
program in education, student can be certi- 
fied for the teacher education program in 
social studies. By completing a major in the 
foreign language (five or more courses) and 
the education program, students can be 
certified to teach that language. The Interna- 
tional Studies program also encourages 
participation in study-abroad programs, as 
well as the Washington and United Nations 
semesters. 

The major includes 1 1 courses selected as 
follows: 

International Relations Courses - Four or 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this 
group are designed to provide a basic 
understanding of the international system and 
of Europe's relations with the rest of the 
world. Political Science 225 is required. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 225: World Politics 
ECONOMICS 443: International Trade 
fflSTORY 320: European Diplomatic History 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 439: American 

Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this 
group are designed to provide a basic 
understanding of the European political, 
social, and economic environment History 
111 and Economics 221 are required. 

HISTORY 111: Europe 181 5-Present 
ECONOMICS 221: Comparative Economic 

Systems 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 220: European Politics 
HISTORY 218: Europe in the Era of the 

World Wars 
HISTORY 219: Contemporary Europe 



National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRENCH 221, plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 228) 

GERMAN 221, plus one course numbered 

222 or above 

SPANISH 221, plus one course numbered 

222 or above (except 311) 

Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which will 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 
program. The country selected will serve as 
the base for individual projects in the major 
courses wherever possible. 

France - French 228: Modem France 
Germany - History N80: Topics in 

German History 
Spain - Spanish 311: Hispanic Culture 
Elective Course - One course which should 
involve further study of some aspect of the 
program. Appropriate courses are any area or 
international relations courses not yet taken. 
History 110, 316; Economic 226; Political 
Science 326, 327, 438; related foreign- 
literature courses counting toward the fine 
arts requirement and internships. 

Senior Seminar 

449 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

A one-semester seminar, taken in the 
senior year, in which students and several 
faculty members will pursue an integrative 
topic in the field of international studies. 
Students will work to some extent independ- 
ently. Guest speakers will be invited. The 
seminar will be open to qualified persons 
from outside the major and the College. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^N 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



LITERATURE • MASS COMMUNICATION 



LITERATURE 

Associate Professor: Maples (Coordinator) 

1 his major recognizes literature as a 
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries 
and combines the study of any two literatures 
in the areas of English, French, German, and 
Spanish. Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The 
major prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

TTie major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 
2(X) and above in English and 400 and above 
in foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature 
should be period courses. The third course, 
taken either as a regular course or an inde- 
pendent study, may have as its subject 
another period, a particular author, genre, or 
literary theme, or some other unifying 
approach or idea. Beyond these six, the 
major must include at least two additional 
courses from among those counting toward a 
major in the departments involved. Any 
prerequisite courses in the respective depart- 
ments (for example: English 106, French 
221-222 or 228, German 221-222, Spanish 
221-222) should be taken during the fresh- 
man year. Students should design their 
programs in consultation with a faculty 
member from each of the literatures con- 
cerned. Programs for the major must be 
approved by the departments involved. 




MASS 
COMMUNICATION 

Assistant Professors: Nason (Chairperson), 
Smith, Wild 

1 he major in mass communication 
recognizes the need for a liberal arts founda- 
tion and includes selected courses from the 
Departments of Art, Business Administration, 
Economics, History, Philosophy, Political 
Science, Psychology and Sociology/Anihro- 
pology. The major combines a core of mass 
communication courses with one of two 
tracks. Emphasis is placed on developing an 
understanding of the cultural and historical 
roles of the mass media and on developing 
the communicative skills necessary for 
careers in the media. 

Students majoring in mass communication 
must complete the Core Curriculum 
and one track. Each track requires a combi- 
nation of theory, production, and writing 
courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



® 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MASS COMMUNICATION 



Both tracks enable qualified students 
to pursue graduate studies in fields such 
as mass communication, journalism, 
professional writing, market research, and 
media research and administration. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged 
to take a foreign language and to consider 
these additional liberal arts electives: Art 
222, Art 223, Theatre 1 10, Psychology 1 10, 
History 1 10, History 1 1 1 , Philosophy 335, 
and Uterature courses from the Departments 
of English and Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

Minor 

A minor in Mass Communication consists 
of Mass Communication 110, 211, 215 and 
three of the following courses: Mass Com- 
munication 224, 329, 330, 331, 470 and 
PoUtical Science 436. 

CORE CURRICULUM 
REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS 

COMM 110 — Inu-oduction to Mass Media 
COMM 115 — Basic Media Production 
COMM 21 1 — Principles of Oral 

Communication 
COMM 215 — Introduction to Media 

Writing 
COMM 226 — Literature, Film and 

Television 
COMM 330 — Theories and Research in 

Mass Communication 
PSCI 436 — Mass Media Law and 
Regulation 

STUDENTS MUST COMPLETE 

THE REQUIREMENTS OF 

ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TRACKS: 

I. Track I is designed to develop skills in 
research, newsgathering, and reporting for 
work in fields such as print journalism, 
broadcast journalism, communications 
research, public affairs, teaching, and 
writing and editing for private and public 
agencies. 



n. 



One course from each of the 
following groups: 

Cultural Issues 

AMST 200B — America as a Civilization 
ECON 224 — Urban Problems 
SOC 227 — Social Problems 
HIST 230 — Afro-American History 
HIST 3 1 — Women in History 

U.S. Government and History 

PSCI 1 10 — Government and Politics 
PSCI 111 — State and Local Government 
PHIL 1 15 — Philosophy and Public 

Policy 
HIST 126 — U.S. History, 1877-Present 
HIST 244 — 20th Century United States 

Two writing courses: 

COMM 329 — Broadcast Journalism or 
COMM 327 — Print Journalism and 
COMM 434 — Advanced RepKDrting 

One* of the following advanced 
production courses: 

COMM 218 — Radio Programming and 

Production 
COMM 224 — Television Programming 

and Production: EFP 

♦Students may substitute Art 115 and 
Art 227 for one of the advanced produc- 
tion courses. 

Track II is designed to develop 
skills necessary to identify and 
communicate with defined audiences. It 
prepares students for work in fields such 
as public relations, corporate communica- 
tions, advertising, marketing, and creative 
media production. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ro> 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MASS COMMUNICATION 



Bus 228, Marketing Principles, and 
one of the following methods courses: 

BUS 329 — Marketing Strategy 
BUS 332 — Advertising 
BUS 445 — Marketing Research 
ECON 229 — Business Cycles and 

Forecasting 
PSCI 448 — Public Opinion and 

Polling 
PS Y 224 — Social Psychology 
SOC 224 — Rural and Urban 

Communities 

Two writing courses: 

COMM 323 — Writing for Special 

Audiences 
COMM 325 — Writing for Business 

and Public Relations 
ENGL 321 — Advanced Writing: 

Technical and Professional 

One"' of the following advanced 
production courses: 

COMM 218 — Radio Programming and 
Production 

COMM 224 — Television 

Programming and 
Production: Studio 

♦Students may substitute Art 115 and Art 
227 for one of the advanced production 
courses. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO MASS MEDIA 
A survey course that emphasizes the 
organizational structure and historical 
development of the mass media. Analysis 
of the mass media's impact on society; 
emphasis will be placed on the social, 
psychological, and political implications 
of the media's shaping influence on 
individuals and institutions. 



115 

BASIC MEDIA PRODUCTION 

An introduction to the fundamentals 
of production for electronic and print 
media. Emphasis on understanding the 
techniques used in creating messages for a 
variety of forms for both news and persuasive , 
communication. Application of techniques I 
through campus media. 

211 

PRINCIPLES OF ORAL 
COMMUNICATION 

Study of rhetorical theory and the 
relationship between speaker, message, and 
audience. Practice in applying this theory in 
a variety of oral communication activities 
including interviewing, public speaking, and 
interpersonal and multicultural communica- 
tion. Prerequisite: English 106. 

215 

INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA WRITING 

Analysis of and practice in the basic 
forms of media writing: the elements of 
lead, style and structure as applied to print 
and broadcast news and advertising and J 

public relations. Frequent workshop ' 

sessions for detailed critiques and discussion 
of student writing. Prerequisite: English 106. 

218 

RADIO PROGRAMMING 

AND PRODUCTION 

Study of contemporary radio program- 
ming formats. Consideration given to 
program development and station manage- 
ment. Emphasis on producing various 
programming forms including news, public 
service announcements, the interview, radio 
drama, and the live show. Students serve on 
the staff of WRLC. Prerequisites: Mass 
Communication 115 and 215. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^M 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MASS COMMUNICATION 



224 

TELEVISION PROGRAMMING 

AND PRODUCTION: STUDIO/EFP 

Training in the process of designing, 
producing, and evaluating programs for 
television. Readings, lectures, demonstra- 
tions, and hands-on assignments. 

Studio: Study of dramatic and 
informational programming formats 
requiring multi-camera production and the 
use of studio equipment. Emphasis on 
producing forms such as the commercial, the 
music video, and television drama as well as 
the studio interview and the instructional 
program. 

Electronic Field Production (EFP): 

The elements of non-dramatic story construc- 
tion, scripting, and single-camera shooting as 
applied to feature stories about people, 
places, and events on campus and in the 
Williamsport community. Prerequisites: 
Mass Communication 115 and 215 or consent 
of the instructor. Taught alternately as 
Studio or EFP; may be repeated once as an 
elective. 

226 

LITERATURE, FILM AND TELEVISION 
Comparative study of the ways in which 
the media portray individuals, social con- 
flicts, and human aspirations. Content 
analysis and examination of the formats and 
conventions associated with each medium to 
reveal the problems of adaptation. Particular 
emphasis on multicultural film and televi- 
sion. Prerequisite: English 106. 

323 

WRITING FOR SPECIAL AUDIENCES 

Feature writing and persuasive 
writing to targeted audiences on topics 
related to the writer's interests and 
goals. Stories on special interest topics 
and writing for advertising and promotion 
will be covered. Fundamental methods of 



analyzing the needs and interests of publica- 
tions and readers will be considered. Read- 
ings, p)eer review, and training in how to 
develop ideas using primary and secondary 
research. Prerequisite: Mass Communica- 
tion 215 or another writing course numbered 
200 or above. 

325 

WRITING FOR BUSINESS AND 

PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Using writing to handle communication 
and public relations problems that commonly 
occur in business. Emphasis on internal and 
external communications, including interna- 
tional relations. Readings, case studies, 
library research, oral reports, and group 
projects. Prerequisite: Mass Communication 
215 or senior standing. 

327 

PRINT JOURNALISM 

Study of, and practical experience in, the 
newsgathering process for print media. 
Emphasis on beat reporting, copy editing, 
interviewing, and reporting and writing 
conventional news stories. Students will 
submit work to The Lycourier. The course 
also considers ethical issues of news report- 
ing. Prerequisite: Mass Communication 215. 

329 

BROADCAST JOURNALISM 

Study of, and practical experience in, the 
newsgathering process for electronic media. 
Emphasis on covering the local story from 
the small- station perspective. Students in the 
course are responsible for writing, producing, 
editing and broadcasting newscasts for 
WRLC-FM. The course also looks at the 
special ethical problems of electronic news 
coverage. Prerequisites: Mass 
Communication 115 and Mass Communica- 
tion 215. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MASS COMMUNICATION 



330 

THEORIES AND RESEARCH 
IN MASS COMMUNICATION 

An analysis of current theories dealing 
with mass communication systems and the 
behavior and attitudes of, and effects on, 
their audiences. Special emphasis on the 
interdisciplinary roots of the field and on an 
examination of the current research methods. 
Students conduct original research. Prereq- 
uisite: Mass Communication 110 and Mass 
Communication 226. 

434 

ADVANCED REPORTING: 

ELECTRONIC/PRINT 

A workshop course with an emphasis on 
public affairs reporting at the local level. 
The course will investigate the process of 
reporting on institutions. Emphasis on the 
use of documents and records in news- 



gathering and on in-depth reporting. Taught 
alternately with an electronic or print focus. 
Prerequisites: Mass Communication 327 or 
Mass Communication 329. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their mass communication track. 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Studies involve research related to the 
mass communication track of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 
(See index) 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, Sprechini 
Assistant Professors: DeSilva (Chairperson), 

Golshan, Weida, Yan 
Pan-time Instructors: Davis, Bierly, 

Abercrombie, Collins, Loyer 

1 he Department of Mathematical 
Sciences offers major and minor programs in 
computer science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

A major in computer science consists of 
11 courses: Mathematics 116, 128, and 129, 
Computer Science 125, 246, 247, 321, 344, 
445, and two other computer science courses 
numbered 320 or above. Recommended 
extradepartmental courses: Philosophy 225, 
and Psychology 337. In addition to the 
regular courses listed below, special courses 
are occasionally available. 

The recommended schedule to enable a 
student to complete the computer science 
major in four years is as follows: 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall 

CPTR125 

MATH 127, 128, or 129 

ENGL 106 * 

Spring 
CPTR 246* 
MATH127, 128,or 129 

* CPTR 246 is often offered as a writing 
intensive course, and ENGL 106 is a prereq- 
uisite to all writing intensive courses. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR 247 
MATH 116 
MATH 128 or 129 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




Spring 

CPTR elective 
MATH 129 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall 

CPTR 344 or CPTR elective 

(MATH 130 recommended) 

Spring 

CPTR 445 or CPTR elective 
CPTR 321 or CPTR elective 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR 344 or CPTR elective 
(MATH 130 recommended) 

Spring 

CPTR 445 or CPTR elective 

CPTR 321 or CPTR elective 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of 
Math 116, Computer Science 125, 246, 247, 
and two other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above. 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER HLE MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a 
single file, in the MS-DOS environment. 



^h 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATIC7U. SCIENCES 



One-half unit. This course may not be used 
to meet distribution requirements. 

108 

MATHEMATICAL PROBLEM-SOLVING 
WITH MICROCOMPUTERS 

An introduction to the use of microcom- 
puter-based, integrated software in solving 
problems from mathematics and related 
areas. Included are uses of spreadsheet, data- 
base and graphics functions to analyze, solve, 
and display solutions to problems from the 
areas of number theory, algebra, geometry, 
statistics, and the mathematics of business 
and finance. Emphasis is given to the 
processes involved in mathematical model- 
ing. Laboratory experience is included using 
current software. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from Mathematics 100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to programming. Topics 
include algorithms, program structure, and 
computer configuration. Laboratory experi- 
ence is included, most recently using Pascal. 
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from 
Mathematics 100. 

246 

PRINCIPLES OF 
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING 

Principles of effective programming, 
including structured programming, stepwise 
refinement, assertion proving, style, debug- 
ging, control structure, decision tables, finite 
state machines, recursion, and encoding. 
Utilities most recently used include S VS 
Pascal, the UNIX operating system, C, and 
Shell programming. Prerequisite: A grade 
ofC or better in Computer Science 125 or 
consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COIXEGE 



247 

DATA STRUCTURES 

Representation of data and algorithms 
associated with data structures. Topics 
include representation of lists, trees, graphs 
and strings, algorithms for searching and 
sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C or better 
in Computer Science 246 or consent of 
instructor. Corequisite: Mathematics 116. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximation roots 
and functions, integration, systems of 
differential equations, linear systems, matrix 
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 125 and 
Mathematics 129; Mathematics 130 strongly 
recommended. Cross-listed as Mathematics 
321 

344 

MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of machine language program- 
ming; computer organization and representa- 
tion of numbers, strings, arrays, and list 
structures at the machine level; interrupt 
programming, relocatable code, linking 
loaders; interfacing with operating systems. 
Prerequisite: A grade ofC or better in 
Computer Science 246 or consent of 
instructor. 

345 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics hardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, tfansform, and display 
images of two and three dimensional objects. 
Laboratory exercises will be designed to 
explore the capabilities of the graphics 
system and to test the students' understanding 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



of the principles discussed in class. Pre- 
requisite: Computer Science 246 and either 
Computer Science 247 or permission of the 
instructor; Mathematics 130 recommended. 
Alternate years. 

349 

DATABASE SYSTEMS 

External storage structures, hashed files, 
indexed files; relational, network, and 
hierarchical data models; relational algebra 
and the relational calculus; design theory for 
relational databases; query optimization; 
concurrent operations; database protection. 
Prerequisite; Computer Science 247. 
Alternate years. 

445 

SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING 

The emphasis in this course is on the 
algorithms used in programming the various 
parts of a computer system. These parts 
include assemblers, loaders, editors, interrupt 
processors, input/output schedulers, processor 
and job schedulers, and memory managers. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 247 and 344. 

446 

COMPILER CONSTRUCTION 

The emphasis in this course is on the 
construction of translators for programming 
languages. Topics include lexical analysis, 
block structure, grammars, parsing, program 
representation, and run-time organization. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 247. 
Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (SEE INDEX) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MATHEMATICS 

A major in mathematics consists of 10 
unit courses in the mathematical sciences and 
four semesters of non-credit colloquia: 
Computer Science 125, Mathematics 128, 
129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 434, and two other 
mathematics courses numbered 220 or above, 
one of which may be replaced by mathemat- 
ics courses numbered 220 or above, one of 
which may be replaced by Mathematics 1 12, 
1 16, or 214; four semesters of Mathematics 
339 or 449 taken during the junior and senior 
years. 

The recommended schedule to enable 
a student to complete the mathematics major 
in four years is as follows: 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall 

MATH 127, 128, or 129 
(possibly CPTR 125) 

Spring 

MATH 128 or 129 
CPTR 125 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall 

MATH 129 or 238 
MATH 130 

Spring 

MATH 234 
MATH 238 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall 

MATH 432 or 434 
(possibly MATH elective *) 
MATH 339 

Spring 

MATH elective * 
ifneeded, CPTR 125 
MATH 339 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^h 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall 

MATH 432 or 434 
(possibly MATH elective *) 
MATH 339 

Spring 

if needed, MATH elective * 
if needed, CPTR 125 
MATH 339 

* Candidates for secondary certification in 
Mathematics must complete MATH 330 and 
MATH 336 as MATH electives. 

Majors are required to attend the colloquia 
during their junior and senior years (339 and 
449 respectively). See the course description 
of Mathematics 339-449 for further informa- 
tion regarding the colloquium requirement. 

Students seeking secondary certification 
in mathematics are required to complete 
Mathematics 330, 336, and either 103 or 332, 
and are advised to enroll in Philosophy 217. 
Also, all majors are advised to elect Philoso- 
phy 225 and 333, Physics 225 and 226. 

In addition to the regular courses listed 
below, special courses are occasionally 
available. 

Minor 

A minor in Mathematics consists of 
Mathematics 128, 129, 234, 238, and two 
additional courses numbered 130 or above. 

100 

INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 
A self-paced study of arithmetic and 
decimals, fractions, the real number line, 
factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic 
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic 
functions, expressions with rational expo- 
nents, algebraic functions, exponential 
functions, and inequalities. THIS COURSE 
IS LIMITED TO STUDENTS PLACED 
THEREIN BY THE MATHEMATICS 
DEPARTMENT. One-half unit of credit. 



103 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 
Topics include tabular and graphical descrip- 
tive statistics, discrete and continuous 
probability distributions. Central Limit 
Theorem, one and two sample hypotheses 
tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests, 
nonparametric tests, linear regression and 
correlation. Other topics may include index 
numbers, time series, sampling design, and 
experimental design. Course also includes 
some use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite: 
Credit for or exemption from 
Mathematics 100. 

106 

COMBINATORICS 

An introduction to the analysis of count- 
ing problems. Topics include permutations, 
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu- 
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The 
nature of the subject allows questions to be 
posed in everyday language while still 
developing sophisticated mathematical 
concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from Mathematics 100. 

109 

APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 
An intuitive approach to the calculus 
concepts with applications to business, 
biology, and social-science problems. Not 
open to students who have completed 
Mathematics 128. Prerequisite: Credit for 
or exemption from Mathematics 100. 

112 

HNITE MATHEMATICS 
FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, 
social sciences, and operations research. The 
course will include both deterministic models 
such as graphs, networks, linear program- 
ming and voting models, and probabilistic 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



models such as Markov chains and games. 
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from 
Mathematics 100. 

116 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete structures. 
Topics include equivalence relations, 
partitions and quotient sets, mathematical 
induction, recursive functions, elementary 
logic, discrete number systems, elementary 
combinatorial theory, and general algebraic 
structures emphasizing semi-groups, groups, 
lattices. Boolean algebras, graphs and trees. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 125 or 
consent of instructor. 

127 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, 
exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric 
functions, their graphs and elementary 
proj)erties. This course is an intensive 
preparation for students planning to take 
Calculus (Math 128- 129), those in the 
Scholars Program, or those whose major 
specifically requires Precalculus. Prerequi- 
site: Credit for or exemption from Mathe- 
matics 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH 
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I & II 

Differentiation and integration of alge- 
braic and trigonometric functions, conic 
sections and their applications, graphing 
plane curves, applications to related rate and 
external problems, areas of plane regions, 
volumes of solids of revolution, and other 
applications; differentiation and integration 
of transcendental functions, parametric 
equations, polar coordinates, infinite se- 
quences and series, and series expansions of 
functions. Prerequisite for 128: Exemption 
from or a grade ofC or better in Mathemat- 



ics 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption 
from or a grade ofC or better in Mathemat- 
ics 128 or consent of instructor. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 
independence. Matrix representations of 
linear mappings. The fixed point problem. 
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 127 or its equivalent. 

205 

MATHEMATICS IN 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

This course is intended for prospective 
elementary school teachers and is required of 
all those seeking elementary certification. 
Topics include systems of numbers and 
numeration, computational algorithms, 
environmental and transformation geometry, 
measurement, and mathematical concept 
formation. Observation and participation in 
Greater Williamsport elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: Psychology 338 and credit for 
or exemption from Mathematics 100. Core- 
quisite: Any education course numbered 341 
or above which is specifically required for 
elementary certification. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques 
involving several variables. Topics include 
multiple regression and correlation, one-and 
two-way analysis of variance, analysis of 
covariance, analysis of two- and three-way 
contingency tables, and discriminant analy- 
sis. Other topics may include cluster analy- 
sis, factor analysis and canonical correlations, 
repeated measure designs, time series 
analysis, and nonparametric methods. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



Course also includes extensive use of a 

statistical package (currently BMDP). 

Prerequisite: A grade ofC or better in 

Mathematics 103 or its equivalent. 

231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques 
include: reduction of order, undetermined 
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace 
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numeri- 
cal methods may also be included. Prerequi- 
site: A grade ofC or better in Mathematics 
129; Mathematics 130 recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications, Corequisite: Mathematics 
238. Alternate years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature of 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set 
theory. Other topics frequently included are 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and 
continuity, and the construction of the real 
number system. The course serves as a 
bridge form elementary calculus to advanced 
courses in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 129 or consent of instructor. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in 
multidimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, 
matrices; lines, planes, curves surfaces; 
vector functions of a single variable, accel- 
eration, curvature; functions for several 
variables, gradient; line integrals, vector 
fields, multiple integrals, change of variable, 
areas, volumes; Green's theorem. Prerequi- 



sites: A grade ofC or better in Mathematics 
129, Mathematics 130 or consent of 
instructor. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximating roots 
and functions, integration, systems of 
differential equations, linear systems, matrix 
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 125 and 
Mathematics 129; Mathematics 130 strongly 
recommended. Cross-listed as Computer 
Science 321. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry, and an introduction to other 
geometries. Prerequisite: Mathematics 234. 
Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II 
A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected 
values and moments, sampling, point 
estimation, sampling distributions, interval 
estimation, test of hypotheses, regression and 
linear hypotheses, experimental design 
models. Corequisite: Mathematics 238. 
Alternate years. 

336 

CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

A course designed for mathematics majors 
who are planning to teach at the secondary 
level. Emphasis will be placed on the 
mathematics that form the foundation of 
secondary mathematics. Ideas will be 
presented to familiarize the student with the 
various curriculum proposals, to provide for 
innovation within the existing curriculum. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^h 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



and to expand the boundaries of the existing 
curriculum. Open only to junior and senior 
mathematics majors enrolled in the secon- 
dary-education program. Alternate years. 

338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, 
and dynamic programming; game theory, 
including two-person zero-sum games, 
cooperative games, and mulliperson games. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 1 12 or Mathe- 
matics 130. Alternate years. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: 
topology of the Euclidean plane, complete- 
ness, compactness, the Heine-Borel theorem; 
functions on Euclidean space, continuity, 
uniform continuity, differentiability; series 
and convergence; Riemann integral. Pre- 
requisite: Mathematics 234 and 238. 

434 

MODERN ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which 
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 130 and 234. 

438 

SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 
designed to provide junior and senior 
mathematics majors and other qualified 
students with more than the usual opportunity 
for concentrated and cooperative inquiry. 



Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. One- 
half unit of credit. This course may be 
repeated for credit. 

339 & 449 

MATHEMATICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
junior and senior mathematics majors offers 
students a chance to hear presentations on 
topics related to, but not directly covered in 
formal mathematics courses. Students are 
required to attend colloquia each semester of 
their junior (339) and senior (449) years. 
Mathematics majors must present two 
lectures, one during the junior year and one 
during the senior year. A letter grade will be 
given in semesters in which the student gives 
a presentation, otherwise the grade will 
be P/F. Seniors are strongly encouraged to 
give their presentations during the fall 
semester. Students applying for the profes- 
sional semester in education are required to 
give the first presentation before the eighth 
week of the fall semester of their junior year, 
and the second presentation before the eighth 
week of the fall semester of their senior year. 
With Departmental approval, students will be 
required to take three semesters of 339 or 
449; such approval is granted only in extraor- 
dinary circumstances and will require the 
student to give one presentation in each of 
the three semesters. Noncredit course. One 
hour per week. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ff 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MILITARY SCIENCE 




MILITARY 
SCIENCE 

1 he U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (R.O.T.C.) program is offered to 
Lycoming College students in cooperation 
with Bucknell University. The introductory 
courses are taught on Lycoming's campus and 
the program provides transportation to 
Bucknell University for the advanced 
courses. Details of the R.O.T.C. program can 
be found on page 37. 

on 

INTRODUCTION TO R.O.T.C. 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the R.O.T.C. program and with 
the Army as a potential employer after 
graduation. Students will learn about the 
Army's history, organization, equipment, and 
role in the nation. Students will also learn 
some fundamental military skills, customs 
and traditions. No credit. 



012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills 
learned in the previous semester. Several 
classes will be held at the rifle range to 
develop marksmanship skills. There will also 
be training in radio communication and first 
aid skills. No credit. 

021 

LAND NAVIGATION 

Students will learn how to use military 
topographic maps and reference systems. 
The course includes theory and practical 
exercises in navigating using compass, map 
terrain association. There will also be some 
instruction and practice in military writing 
and briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 
the leader, military leadership concept, 
j)ersonal character, decision-making, imple- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MttJTARY SCIENCE • MUSIC 



menting decisions, motivation and supervi- 
sion. The course also includes instruction 
and practice on conducting performance- 
oriented training. No credit. 

031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader 
in the ROTC organization. Student leader- 
ship is evaluated and developed. The student 
has some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. 
No credit. 

032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leader- 
ship skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student serves as a cadet officer in 
the ROTC organization and plans and 
organizes several major training activities. 
Course work includes delegating and con- 
trolling, setting objectives, making leadership 
assessments, counsehng, supervising, and 
evaluating. No credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leader- 
ship position and continues to develop and 
apply the skills learned in the previous 
semester. The course also examines military 
officership as a profession and the ethical be- 
havior expected of an officer. The course 
also serves to prepare the student for an 
initial assignment as an Army lieutenant. 
No credit. 




MUSIC 



Associate Professors: Boerckel 
(Chairperson), Thayer 

Instructor: Janda 

Part-time Instructors: Bailey, Borsheim, 
Campbell, Clark, Degillio, Gallup, Grube, 
Lakey, Lassiter, Leidhecker, Lipscomb, 
Mitchell, Muzzo, Nacinovich, Russell, 
Smolensky, Steele, and White. 

1 he music major is required to take a 
balanced program of music theory, history, 
applied music and ensemble. A minimum of 
eight courses (exclusive of all ensemble, 
applied music and instrumental and vocal 
methods courses) is required and must 
include Music 110,111, 220, 221 , 335, and 
336. Each major must participate in an 
ensemble (Music 167, 168, and/or 169) and 
take one hour of applied music per week for a 
minimum of four semesters including the 
entire period in which the individual is 
registered as a music major (see Music 160- 



1992-93 ACADEVDC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



169). The major must include at least one- 
half hour of piano in the ^plied program 
unless a piano proficiency test is requested 
and passed. Anyone declaring music as a 
second major must do so by the beginning of 
the junior year. 

Music majors seeking certification in 
music education (K-12) must also take 
Psychology 110 and 338; Education 200 and 
the Professional Semester; Music 261-7, 332, 
333, 334, 446 and pass the piano proficiency 
examination. Students who wish to obtain 
certification in music education should 
consult with the department as soon as 
possible, preferably before scheduling classes 
for the freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
non-majors select courses from the following 
list to meet distribution requirements: Music 
116, 117, 128, 135-8, 224 and 234. Applied 
music and ensemble courses may also be 
used to meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. Music 
majors and other students qualified in 
performance may present formal recitals. 

110-111 

MUSIC THEORY 1 AND II 

A two-semester course open to all 
students. An examination of the fundamental 
components and theoretical concepts of 
music. The student will develop musician- 
ship through application of applied skills. 
(Music 110 is prerequisite to Music 111). 

116 

INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

A basic course in the materials and 
techniques of music. Examples drawn from 
various periods and styles are designed to 
enhance perception and appreciation through 
careful and informed listening. 



117 

SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in 
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the 
present. Composers and musical styles are 
considered in the context of the broader 
culture of each major era. 

128 

AMERICAN MUSIC 

An introductory survey of all types of 
American music from pre-Revolutionary 
days to the present Categories to be covered 
are folk music of different origins, the 
development of show music into Broadway 
musicals, serious concert music for large and 
small ensembles, jazz and various popular 
musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to Rock to New 
Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
Music 136: Music 135 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open 
to students who have received credit for 
Theatre 135-136 or Theatre 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the 
Ballets de cour of 17th century France to the 
present with emphasis on the contributions of 
Petipa, Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for Theatre 137 
or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



<§ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 



civilization from primitive times to the 
present. Prerequisite: Music 137 or consent 
of instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not 
open to students who have received credit for 
Theatre 137 or 138. 

11Q-11\ 

MUSIC THEORY III AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: Music 111. 

224 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 
The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital 
synthesizers in combination with sequencing 
computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording 
techniques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts 
and rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. 
Student projects will include complete 
recording sessions and the production of 
electronic music compositions utilizing 
classical studio techniques and real-time 
networks. Prerequisite: Music 224 or 
consent of instructor. 

12>4 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, 
and contemporary. 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for Music 235 : Music 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
Music 236: Music 235 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open 
to students who have received credit for 
Theatre 135-136 or Theatre 235-236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

Creative writing in smaller vocal and 
instrumental forms. Students identify and 
use the techniques employed by major 
composers of the 20th century. Prerequisite: 
Music 111 or consent of instructor. 

332 

TEACHING MUSIC IN THE SCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music 
in the schools with emphasis on curriculum 
development and procedures for choral and 
instrumental ensembles at the elementary and 
secondary levels. Course work will include 
observation of music classes in elementary 
and secondary schools in the greater Wil- 
liamsport area. Alternate years. 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with 
frequent opportunity for practical experience. 
Emphasis will be placed upon technical 
development, rehearsal technique, and 
stylistic integrity. Prerequisite: Music 110- 
111 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instrumental conducting with 
an emphasis on acquiring skills for self- 
analysis. Topics include the physical skills 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



and intellectual preparation necessary for 
clear, expressive, and informed conducting. 
Other areas such as the development of 
rehearsal techniques and improvement of 
aural skills will be addressed on a continual 
basis. Prerequisite: Music 110-111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

fflSTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval. 
Renaissance, baroque and early classical, 
romantic and modem eras. 

336 

fflSTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Beethoven to the present, 
including composers from the late classical, 
romantic and modem eras. 

339 
ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modem orchestral instruments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instmmen- 
tation. the College Music Organizations 
serve to make performance experience 
possible. Prerequisite: Music 110-111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

440 
COMPOSITION II 

Creative writing in larger vocal and 
instmmental forms. Students write more 
extended works in order to develop an 
individual style of composition. Prerequi- 
site: Music 330 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 

The intensive study of a selected area of 
music literature, designed to develop research 
techniques in music. The topic is announced 
at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 
1900-1914. Prerequisite: Music 116, 117 or 
221 or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
length public recital, normally during the 
student's senior year. Music 446 may 
substitute for one hour of applied music 
(Music \&)-l66).Prerequisite: Approval by 
the department. May be repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

1 he study of performance in piano, 
harpsichord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, 
brass, woodwinds, and p)ercussion is designed 
to develop sound technique and a knowledge 
of the appropriate literature for the instru- 
ment. Student recitals offer opportunities to 
gain experience in public performance. 

Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is eamed on a fractional basis. One 
hour lesson per week earns one-half hour 
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit 
if the student enrolls for one or two en- 
sembles (for more information, see course 
descriptions below). When scheduling please , 
note that an applied course or ensemble I 

should not be substituted for an academic 
course, but should be taken in addition to the 
normal four academic courses. I 

■ 1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 



Extra fees apply for private lessons 
(Music 160-166) as follows: $150 per 
semester for a half-hour lesson per week. 
$300 per semester for a one hour lesson per 
week. Private lessons are given for 13 
weeks. 160 Piano or Harpsichord, 161 
Voice, 162 Strings or Guitar, 163 Organ, 164 
Brass, 165 Woodwinds, 166 Percussion. 

167 

ORCHESTRAL ENSEMBLE 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this 
regional ensemble. Participation in the 
W.S.O. is contingent upon audition and the 
availability of openings. Students are 
allowed a maximum of one hour of Ensemble 
credit per semester. A student who is 
enrolled in orchestra only should register for 
Music 167B (one hour credit). A student 
may belong to two ensembles, choosing 
either Choir or Concert Band as the second 
group. Such a student will then register for 
Music 167A (1/2 hour credit) or Music 169A 
(1/2 hour credit). Such a student will then 
register for Music 167A (1/2 hour credit) plus 
either Music 168A (1/2 hour credit) or Music 
169A (1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHORAL ENSEMBLE (CHOIR) 

Participation in the College choir is 
designed to enable any student possessing at 
least average talent an opportunity to study 
choral technique. Emphasis is placed upon 
acquaintance with choral literature, lone 
production, diction, and phrasing. Students 
are allowed a maximum of one hour of 
Ensemble credit per semester. A student who 
is enrolled in Choir only should register for 
Music 168B (one hour credit). A student 
may belong to two ensembles, choosing 
either Orchestra or Concert Band as the 
second group. Such a student will then 



register for Music 168A (1/2 hour credit) plus 
either Music 167A (1/2 hour credit) or Music 
169A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has 
auditioned and been selected for the twenty 
voice Chamber Choir (no credit available), 
he/she should register for Music 168C. 

169 

CONCERT BAND 

The College Concert Band allows students 
with some instrumental experience to become 
acquainted with good band literature and 
develop personal musicianship through 
participation in group instrumental activity. 
Students are allowed a maximum of one hour 
of Ensemble credit per semester. A student 
who is enrolled in Band only should register 
for Music 169B (one hour credit). A student 
may belong to two ensembles, choosing 
either Orchestra or Choir as the second 
group. Such a student will then register for 
Music 169A (1/2 hour crediQ plus either 
Music 167A ( 1/2 hour credit) or Music 168A 
(1/2 hour credit). 

INSTRUMENTAL AND 
VOCAL METHODS 

Instrumental and vocal methods classes 
are designed to provide students seeking 
certification in music education with a basic 
understanding of all standard band and 
orchestral instruments as well as a familiarity 
with fundamental techniques of singing. 



MUSIC 261 
MUSIC 262 
MUSIC 263, 
Music 265 — 
MUSIC 266, 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



— Brass Methods 
(one hour credit) 

— Percussion Methods 
(one hour credit) 

264 — String Methods I and II 
(one hour credit each) 

— Vocal Methods 
(one hour credit) 

267 — Woodwind Methods I 
and II (one hour credit 
each) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NEAR EAST CULTURE AND ARCHAEOLCXjY • NURSING 



NEAR EAST CULTURE 
AND ARCHAEOLOGY 

Professor: Guerra (Coordinator) 

1 he Near East culture and archaeology 
interdisciplinary major is designed to acquaint 
students with the "cradle of Western civiliza- 
tion," both in its ancient and modem aspects. 
Majors will complete a minimum of eight to 
ten courses related to the Near East. 

Required courses are described in their 
departmental sections and include: 

1. Four courses in language and culture from: 
History and Culture of the Ancient 

Near East (Religion 228) 

History of Art (Art 222) 

Ancient History (History 210) 

Old Testament Faith and History (Religiai 1 13) 

Judaism and Islam (Religion 224) 

Two semesters of foreign language 

(Hebrew 101-102, or Greek 101-102) 

2. Two courses in archaeology from: 
Biblical Archaeology (Religion 226) 
sj)ecial archaeology courses, such as 
independent studies or May or summer 
terms in the Near East. 

3. Two courses in the cooperating depart- 
ments (art, history, political science, 
religion and sociology-anthropology) or 
related departments. These two courses, 
usually taken in the junior or senior years, 
can be independent study. Topics should 
be related either to the ancient or the 
modem Near East and must be approved in 
advance by the committee supervising the 
interdisciplinary program. The study of 
modem Arabic or Hebrew is encouraged. 

Other courses may be suggested by the 
supervisory committee within the limits of a 
10-course major. The number of courses 
taken within this program applicable toward 
fulfilling the College distribution require- 
ments will vary according to the selection of 
courses. 




NURSING 



Associate Professors: Parrish (Chairperson), 

Pagana 
Assistant Professor: Ficca 
Instmctors: Gray-Vickrey, Dill 
Visiting Instmctors: Ingram, Moore 
Part-time Instmctors: Bird, McKeegan, 

Potter 

Otudents wishing to major in nursing will 
be admitted to the College under the usual 
admission procedures. Freshmen should 
follow the nursing curriculum plan for the 
freshman year in the sequence designated. 
To be considered for continuation in nursing, 
a minimum GPA of 2.5 is required at 
completion of the freshman year. A supple- 
mentary application should be submitted to 
the Department of Nursing by January 30 of 
the freshman year. 



LYCOMING COIXEGE 



^n 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



REGISTERED NURSES 

1 he Department of Nursing offers an 
alternative curriculum for registered nurses 
within the existing B.S.N, program. The 
goals of this alternative curriculum are to 
provide registered nurses with the opportu- 
nity to earn an educationally sound B.S.N, 
degree while completing the degree require- 
ments in as short a time period as possible, 
and to meet the unique needs of registered 
nurses. Nursing 300 and 3 10 are open only 
to registered nurses and are required as part 
of the alternative curriculum. Registered 
nurses may challenge for credit the following 
nursing courses: Nursing 220, the skills 
component of Nursing 221, the obstetrical 
component of Nursing 330, 331, 332, 333, 
334, and 440. For successful challenge of 
any clinical nursing course by registered 
nurses, a grade of C- or better is required; 
that is, 70% or 1.67 is required in both the 
theoretical and clinical components of the 
course. 

In addition, registered nurses in this 
program may challenge for credit any 
required nonnursing course provided that 
they obtain the permission of both the 
Department of Nursing and the deparunent in 
which that course is offered. These examina- 
tions may not be available for every required 
course. 

Additional information for registered 
nurses seeking the B.S.N, is available from 
the Department of Nursing. Individual 
advising is offered to all registered nurses. 

Clinical Learning Resources 

In addition to the College's modem, well- 
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with 
Critical Care Unit and interactive video 
technology, opportunity for self-learning is 
provided in the adjacent Learning Center 
which is equipped with electronic study 
carrels and audio-visual materials. 



A wide variety of health-care agencies in 
the surrounding area is utilized for clinical 
experiences. Cooperating hospitals and 
agencies include: Divine Providence 
Hospital, Williamsport Hospital and Medical 
Center, Evangelical Hospital, Geisinger 
Medical Center, Leader Nursing Home and 
Rehabilitation Center, Danville State Hospi- 
tal, Pennsylvania Deparunent of Health, 
Regional Home Health Services, Rose View 
Manor and The Williamsport Home. 

Expenses of the 
Nursing Program 

Otudents are responsible for their own 
transportation to assigned clinical areas. The 
student of nursing assumes all financial 
obligations listed in the section on fees in 
this bulletin including a $40 lab fee for each 
of the clinical nursing courses (Nursing 221, 
310, 330, 331, 332, 333, 440 and 441). 
Additional expenses include uniforms, 
name pin, watch with second hand, bandage 
scissors, stethoscope, blood pressure cuff, 
liability insurance, annual health examina- 
tions, and standardized achievement tests. 

Students must also maintain annual Health 
Provider CPR certification as offered by the 
American Heart Association or American 
Red Cross. 

Major in Nursing 

1 he major in nursing consists of: 
Nursing 220, 221, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 
336, 435, 440, 441, 442, and nursing elective 
(422, 424, 430, or 443) or N80-N89. In 
addition, the following are prerequisites for 
specific nursing courses: Chemistry 108, 
115; Biology 113-114, 226; Psychology 1 10, 
1 17; Mathematics 103, and Computer 
Science elective CPTR 108, 125, or Math 
214. The religion^hilosophy distribution 
requirement is met by the required courses: 
Philosophy 219 and Religion 120. The 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



history /social science distribution require- 
ment is met by the required courses: Psy- 
chology 110 and 1 17. In addition, the 
student is required to take one course from 
among Sociology/ Anthropology 110, 114, 
220, 222, 224, 227, 228, 229, 331, 334, and 
335. The fine arts/foreign language distribu- 
tion requirement can be met by two courses 
in one department from among art, literature, 
music, or theatre; or by two courses in 
foreign language on the intermediate or 
higher course level. 

School Nurse Certification 

1 he Department of Nursing, in collabora- 
tion with the Department of Education, offers 
an additional curriculum for the Registered 
Nurse with a Bachelors degree (or a 
Lycoming College nursing student) who 
wishes to be certified as a school nurse. The 
goal of this program is to provide the RN 
with a bachelor's degree an opportunity 
for career mobility. Courses required for 
completion of the certification program 
consist of: Education 200 and 239, Philoso- 
phy 217, Psychology 338, and Nursing 422, 
424, 430, and 431. In addition, the following 
are prerequisites for specific courses: 
Psychology 1 10 and 1 17, Sociology****, and 
Nursing 220. 

Additional information for registered 
nurses seeking School Nurse Certification is 
available from the Department of Nursing. 
Individualized advising is offered to all 
prospective School Nurse candidates. 

Policies Specific to Nursing 

In addition to the Lycoming College 
continuance policies, the following policies 
are specific to all declared majors in the 
Department of Nursing: 
1. A grade of C- or better is required in all 
clinical nursing courses to continue in the 
nursing program. These courses are Nursing 



221, 310, 330, 331, 332, 333, 440 and 441. 
Students who earn a grade of less than 70 
percent or 1.67 in either the theoretical or 
clinical component of a nursing course will 
be required to repeat both components of the 
course before being permitted to continue in 
the nursing sequence. 

2. Policies regarding absence from classes or 
from the clinical portion of nursing courses 
are determined by the instructor(s) respon- 
sible for the course. No absence from the 
cUnical portion of the course will be excused 
other than for illness or family emergency. 
In individual cases, student may make 
arrangements with instructors to be excused 
for extracurricular activities. Excessive 
absence for any reason will necessitate 
repeating the entire course. 

Typical Plan of Study for B.S.N. 
FRESHMAN YEAR Units 

Fall 

Chem. 108* (Inorganic Chemistry) 1 

Eng. 106 (Composition) 1 

Psych. 1 10*(Intro to Psych.) 1 

Fine Arts/Lang 1 

Physical Education 

4 
Spring 

Chem. 115*(Brief Organic Chemistry) 1 

Eng. Elective 1 

Psych. 1 17*(Developmental Psych.) 1 

Fine Arts/Lang 1 

Physical Education 

4 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall 

Bio. 1 13 (Anatomy and Physiology) 1 

Computer Science Elective** 1 

Nur. 220 (Concepts of Nutrition in 

Family Health) 0.75 

Rel. 120 (Death and Dying) 1 

3.75 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



Spring 

Bio. 1 14 (Anatomy and Physiology) 1 

Math 103 (Intro, to Statistics) 1 

Bio. 226 (Microbiology for Health 

Sciences) 1 

Nut. 221 (Foundations of Professional 

Practice) 1.25 

4.25 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall 
Nut. 330 (Nursing Care of the 

Developing Family I) 1.5 

Nur. 332 (Nursing Care of the 

Adult I) 1.5 

Nur. 334 (Basic Concepts of 

Pharmacology and 

Therapeutics) 1 

4 
Spring 
Nur. 331 (Nursing Care of the 

Developing Family II) 1.5 

Nur. 333 (Nursing Care of the 

Adult II) 1.5 

3 
May Term 

Nur. 336 (The Nurse in the Social 

System) 1 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall 

Nur. 435 (Nursing Research) 1 

Nur. 440 (Nursing Care of the 

Emotionally Troubled 

Individual & Family) 1.5 

Nursing Elective*** 0.5 

Guided Elective**** 1 

4 
Spring 
Nur. 441 (Comprehensive Nursing Care). .1.5 

Nur. 442 (Professional Issues) 0.5 

Phil. 219 (Ethical Issues in Biology 

and Medicine) 1 

Elective 1 



♦Prerequisite lo Sophomore year. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



**Student must select one course from CPTR 108, 125 
or Math 214. 

***Student must select one course from NUR 422, 424, 
430. 443. or N80-89. 

♦♦♦♦Student must select one course from Soc. 110, 114, 
220. 222. 224. 227, 228. 229. 331. 334. or 335. Other 
courses may be approved on an individual basis. 

Requirement for Graduation 32 Units (128 
Credits). The student may take additional 
units for electives, independent study and/or 
honors. 

220 

CONCEPTS OF NUTRITION 
IN FAMILY HEALTH 

Essentials of normal nutrition and their 
relationship to the health of individuals and 
families. These concepts serve as a basis for 
the development of an understanding of 
therai)eutic application of dietary principles 
and the health professional's role and 
responsibility in this facet of client care. 
Three hours of lecture. 3/4 unit. Prerequi- 
sites: Chemistry 108, 115, or consent of 
instructor. Open to non-nursing majors. 

Ill 

FOUNDATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL 
NURSING PRACTICE 

Introduction of major theoretical elements 
underlying professional nursing practice. 
Focus on the concept of health and common 
health problems recognizing the multi- 
directional influence of the individual, 
family, and environment. In this first clinical 
course, the student will utilize the nursing 
process in assisting clients to attain a maxi- 
mum level of functioning. Three house of 
lecture and five hours clinical laboratory. 
1 114 units. Prerequisites: Chemistry 108, 
115, Nursing 220, and Biology 113. Open to 
nursing majors only. 

300 

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS 
OF PROFESSIONAL NURSING 

Theoretical concepts underlying profes- 
sional practice. Additional focus on health 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



and common health problems, recognition of 
multi-directional influence of the individual, 
family, and environment. Two hour seminar. 
1/2 unit. Prerequisites: Successful comple- 
tion of Nursing 221 challenge examination; 
Chem 108. 115; Psych 110, 117; Bio 113. 
OPEN TO RNs ONLY. 

310 

PROCESSES ESSENTIAL 

TO NURSING PRACTICE 

Clinical course focusing on the incorpora- 
tion of nursing, group, interpersonal, and 
change processes; therapeutic communica- 
tion, family, health promotion and commu- 
nity concepts, physical assessment, collabora- 
tion, and teaching/learning principles in the 
community setting. 214 unit. Prerequisites: 
Successful completion of Nursing 330 and 
Nursing 332 challenge exams. Bio 114, and 
Bio 226. OPEN TO RNs ONLY. 

330-331 

NURSING CARE OF THE 
DEVELOPING FAMILY 

Examination of health and nursing needs 
of beginning and developing families. Initial 
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and 
infants within the family unit as well as the 
common health problems of children through 
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on 
nursing needs of children and mothers with 
health problems of acute and long term 
nature, the influence of illness on their 
development and the effect of illness on the 
family. Emphasis placed on physical 
assessment skills throughout the lifespan with 
adequate practice time in the skills and 
clinical laboratories. Three hours of lecture, 
7 1/2 hours clinical laboratory, 1 hour for 
330 and 2 hours for 331 health assessment 
content. 1 1/2 Units. Prerequisite for 
Nursing 330: Nursing 221, Biology 114, 226. 
Corequisite: Nursing 334. Prerequisite for 
Nursing 331 : Nursing 330 and 334. 



332-333 

NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT 

Identification of adult health care needs 
and implementation of nursing activities 
based on an understanding of growth and 
development, pathophysiology, communica- 
tion skills, interpersonal dynamics, and 
psychosocial interventions. Three hours of 
lecture, 7 1/2 hours clinical laboratory, 1 
hour for 332 and 2 hours for 333 health 
assessment content. 1 1/2 units. Prerequisite 
for Nursing 332: Nursing 221, Biology 114 
and 226. Corequisite: Nursing 334. Prereq- 
uisite for Nursing 333: Nursing 332 and 334. 

334 

BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY 
AND THERAPEUTICS 

Fundamentals of pharmacology and 
therapeutics are presented for the various 
classes of drugs. Relationships of pharmacol- 
ogical mechanisms to the affected biochemi- 
cal and physiological processes. Interactions 
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are 
reviewed. Pour hours of lecture. 1 unit. 
Corequisite: Nursing 330, 332, or consent of 
instructor. Open to non-nursing majors. 

336 

THE NURSE IN THE SOCIAL SYSTEM 

Seminar discussions and clinical labora- 
tory using the hospital as a prototype. 
Theories of social systems. Examination of 
induction into the hospital system. Evalu- 
ation of standards of care. Focus on utiliza- 
tion of change theory. Twelve hours of 
lecture and 96 hours of clinical laboratory. 
1 unit. Prerequisites: Nursing 331, 333, 
334. Required for the nursing major and 
offered only in May term. 

422 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

Examination of learning theories appro- 
priate to all age groups. Discussion of the 
concepts and techniques necessary for 
assessment, planning, implementation and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



evaluation of the teaching/learning process. 
Emphasis will be placed on self care. Two 
hour lecture for 1/2 unit. Required for school 
nurse candidates. Prerequisites: Senior 
standing or consent of instructor. 

423 

HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL 
Clinical practice includes teaching 
experience in the public school system. This 
practice results in a culmination of the 
theoretical content contained in NURS 422. 
Five hour clinical laboratory for 1/2 unit. 
Required for School Nurse Candidates. 
Prerequisites: Senior standing or consent of 
instructor. 

424 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

Identification and demonstration of 
advanced assessment techniques with an 
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning 
experiences are provided to develop a 
systematic approach to physical assessment. 
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on 
the wellness component of physical assess- 
ment with reference to major health devia- 
tions. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit. 
Prerequisites: Senior standing or consent of 
instructor. 

425 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

CLINICAL LABORATORY 

A clinical laboratory that allows addi- 
tional practice for the student enrolled in 
Nursing 424. Five hours clinical laboratory 
for 1/2 unit. Senior standing or consent of 
instructor. 

430 

COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING 

Overview of the role of the community 
health nurse in a variety of settings, e.g., 
industries, state health clinics, MHMR, 
school systems. Discussion of wellness 



promotion, availability of community 
resources, environmental health, prevention 
and treatment of communicable diseases, and 
group process with emphasis on communica- 
tion skills. Two hour lecture for 1/2 unit. 
Two hour lecture and a 5 hour clinical 
laboratory for 1 unit. School Nurse candi- 
dates must take the equivalent of one unit 
course. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of the instructor. 

431 

SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM 

Essentials of school health, school nursing 
and health promotion. These concepts serve 
as a basis for the development of an under- 
standing of the role of the school with the 
opportunity to function in the role of the 
school nurse. It is a course built on the 
culmination of knowledge obtained in 
previous nursing courses and nursing experi- 
ences. 210 hours clinical and seminar. 
Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL NURSE 
CANDIDATES who have met all other 
requirements for certification and have 
obtained departmental approval. 

435 

RESEARCH IN NURSING 

Expansion of theoretical basis of research 
methodology with emphasis on analyzing, 
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research. 
Development of a research proposal focusing 
on a nursing problem. Four hours of lecture. 
1 unit. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103, 
Computer Science elective, and Nursing 
330 and 332 or consent of instructor. Open 
to non-nursing majors. 

440 

NURSING CARE OF THE 
EMOTIONALLY TROUBLED 
INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY 

Examination of disturbed human relation- 
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interper- 
sonal, and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on 
advanced therapeutic nurse-patient relation- 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING • PHILOSOPHY 



ships within the context of family, commu- 
nity, and health care systems. Three hours of 
lecture and 7 112 hours clinical laboratory. 
1 112 units. Prerequisite: Nursing 331, 333, 
336. 

441 

COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE 

Culminating nursing course with focus on 
leadership and management skills in a choice 
of clinical settings. Seminars provide 
opportunities for students to share common- 
alities and unique aspects of professional 
practice. Three hours of lecture and 7 1/2 
hours of clinical laboratory. 1 1/2 units. 
Prerequisite: Nursing 336, 440. 

442 

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES 

An analysis of nursing issues in the 
context of the historical background of the 
profession, the social forces which influence 
nursing, and nursing's impact upon society. 
Two-hour seminar. 1/2 unit. Prerequisite: 
Senior standing or consent of instructor. 

443 

TOPICS IN NURSING 

Selected topic courses in nursing designed 
to permit students to pursue subjects which, 
because of their specialized nature, may not 
be offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit. 
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of 
instructor. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING 

An opportunity to develop and implement 
an individual plan of study under faculty 
guidance. 1/2 unit. Prerequisite: Senior 
standing or consent of chairperson. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




PHILOSOPHY 

Professor: Whelan 

Associate Professor: Griffith 

Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson) 

1 he study of philosophy develops a 
critical understanding of the basic concepts 
and presuppositions around which we 
organize our thought in science, religion, 
education, morality, the arts, and other 
human enterprises. 

A major in philosophy, together with 
appropriate other courses, can provide an 
excellent preparation for policy-making 
positions of many kinds, for graduate study in 
several fields, and for careers in education, 
law, and the ministry. The major in philoso- 
phy consists of eight courses numbered 110 
or above, including 301, 302, 449 and at least 
three other courses numbered 225 or above. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 



Minor 

A minor in Philosophy consists of any 
four philosophy courses numbered 220 or 
above; or any five philosophy courses 
numbered 110 or above, three of which must 
be numbered 300 or above. Three more 
specialized minors are also available: a 
minor in Philosophy and Law consists of four 
courses from Philosophy 224, 225, 334, 335, 
449 or Independent Studies or five courses 
including any three courses from the preced- 
ing list and any two courses from Philosophy 
1 15, 216, 218, 219; a minor in Philosophy 
and Science consists of four courses from 
Philosophy 223, 225, 331, 333, 449 or 
Independent Studies; a minor in the History 
of Philosophy consists of four courses from 
Philosophy 223, 224, 301, 302 or Indepen- 
dent Studies. Since topics in Philosophy 449 
and independent studies projects vary, these 
courses may be used to count toward a 
specialized minor only if they are approved 
in advance by the department. 

105 

PRACTICAL REASONING 

A general introduction to topics in logic 
and their application to practical reasoning, 
with primary emphasis on detecting fallacies, 
evaluating inductive reasoning, and under- 
standing the rudiments of scientific method. 
Not open to students who have completed two 
courses in philosophy. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO 
PHILOSOPHICAL PROBLEMS 

An introductory course designed to show 
the nature of philosophy by examination of 
several examples of problems which have 
received extended attention in philosophical 
literature. These topics often include the 
relation of the mind to the body, the possibil- 
ity of human freedom, arguments about the 
existence of God, the conditions of knowl- 
edge, and the relation of language to thought. 



Some attention is also given to the principles 
of acceptable reasoning. Not open to students 
who have completed two courses in philosophy. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 
An introductory philosophical examina- 
tion of a number of contemporary moral 
issues which call for personal decision. 
Topics often investigated include: the 
"good" life, obligation to others, sexual 
ethics, abortion, suicide and death, violence 
and pacifism, obedience to the law, the 
relevance of personal beliefs to morality. 
Discussion centers on some of the sugges- 
tions philosophers have made about how to 
make such decisions. Not open to students 
who have completed two courses in 
philosophy. 

115 

PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY 

An introductory philosophical examina- 
tion of the moral and conceptual dimensions 
of various contemporary public issues, such 
as the relation of ethics to politics and the 
law, the enforcement of morals, the problems 
of fair distribution of goods and opportuni- 
ties, the legitimacy of restricting the use of 
natural resources, and the application of 
ethics to business practice. Discussion 
centers on some of the suggestions philoso- 
phers have made about how to deal with 
these issues. Not open to students who have 
completed two courses in philosophy. 

117 

PHILOSOPHY AND 
SUPERNATURAL PHENOMENA 

A critical examination of the philosophi- 
cal issues raised by near-death and out-of- 
body experiences, ESP, time travel, reports of 
ghosts and spirits, astrology, prophecy, 
demon possession, faith healing, miracles, 
psychokinesis, and the like. Offered May and 
Summer terms only. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^B^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOKIY 



216 

ETHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 

An introductory philosophical examina- 
tion of a variety of moral problems that arise 
concerning the American business system. 
Included are a systematic consideration of 
typical moral problems faced by individuals 
and an examination of common moral 
criticisms of the business system itself. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 

IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of 
the issues discussed are: Are education and 
indoctrination different? What is a liberal 
education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? 
Alternate years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

An introductory examination of various 
philosophical issues and concepts which are 
of special importance in legal contexts. 
Discussion includes both general topics, such 
as the justification of punishment, and more 
specific topics, such as the insanity defense 
and the rights of the accused. Readings 
are arranged topically and include both 
classical and contemporary sources. 

219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philo- 
sophical issues which arise in therapy and in 
health research and planning. Topics 
typically include euthanasia, confidentiality, 
informed consent, behavior control, 
experimentation on humans and animals, 



abortion, genetic engineering, population 
control, and distribution of health care 
resources. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
philosophy and science in the works of the 
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question 
of how scientific and philosophical thinking 
differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism 
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to 
the interaction between philosophy and 
science in formulating fundamental questions 
about the physical universe and in developing 
and criticizing concepts designed to answer 
them. Alternate years. 

224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

An historical survey of the most important 
social and political philosophers from 
Socrates to Marx. Special attention is paid to 
the relationship between ethics and politics as 
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. Alternate years. 

225 

SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modern symbolic logic and its 
application to the analysis of arguments. 
Included are truth-functional relations, the j 

logic of propositional functions, and deduc- 
tive systems. Attention is also given to 
various topics in the philosophy of logic. 



LYCOMING COIiEGE 



^B^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 



301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient 
Greek philosophers, with particular emphasis 
on Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two 
courses in philosophy or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

302 

EARLY MODERN PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the Continental 
Rationalists (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), 
the British Empiricists (Locke, Berkeley, 
Hume) and Kant. Prerequisite: Two courses 
in philosophy or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

331 

PHILOSOPHY AND HUMAN NATURE 

An examination of a variety of classical 
and contemporary philosophical questions 
about human nature. Among the questions 
typically considered are these: Is there such 
a thing as human nature? Are human beings 
different, in any fundamental way, from other 
animals? Are human beings free? Is human 
consciousness just a brain process? Are 
human beings inherently predisposed to evil? 
Are human beings biologically determined to 
be selfish or aggressive? Are the differences 
in achievement between men and women 
biologically based? Prerequisite: Students 
without previous study in philosophy must 
have instructor s permission. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of 
religious discourse, arguments for and against 
the existence of God, and the relation 
between religion and science. Readings from 
classical and contemporary sources. Pre- 
requisite: Students without previous study in 
philosophy must have instructor s permission. 
Alternate years. 



333 

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically 
important conceptual problems arising from 
reflection about natural science, including 
such topics as the nature of scientific laws 
and theories, the character of explanation, the 
import of prediction, the existence of "non- 
observable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated 
with probability. Prerequisite: Students 
without previous study in philosophy must 
have instructor s permission. Alternate 
years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

A systematic philosophical investigation 
of the relation between human nature and the 
proper social and political order. Topics 
studied include the purpose of government, 
the nature of legitimate authority, the 
foundation of human rights, and the limits of 
human freedom. Emphasis is placed on the 
logic of social and political thought and on 
the analysis of basic principles and concepts. 
Prerequisite: Students without previous 
study in philosophy must have instructor's 
permission. 

335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

An inquiry concerning the grounds which 
distinguish morally right from morally wrong 
actions. Central to the course is critical 
consideration of the proposals and the 
rationales of relativists, egoists, utilitarians, 
and other ethical theorists. Various topics in 
metaethics are also included. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have instructor' s permission. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CI 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY • PHYSICS • PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



400 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 

A course which instructs students in 
philosophical research and the preparation of 
papers suitable for reading at undergraduate 
conferences or submission to undergraduate 
philosophical journals. Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. Offered May and Summer 
terms only. 

449 

DEPARTMENTAL SEMINAR 

An investigation carried on by discussions 
and papers, into one philosophical problem, 
text, philosopher, or movement. A different 
topic is selected each semester. Recent 
topics include artificial intelligence, the 
ethics of research on human subjects, life 
after death, personal identity, and human 
rights. This seminar is designed to provide 
junior and senior philosophy majors and 
other qualified students with more than the 
usual opportunity for concentrated and 
cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. This seminar may be repeated 
for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls' 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia, 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Associate Professor: Burch (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Whitehill 
Instructor: Holmes 

ATHLETIC 
TRAINING 
INTERNSHIP 

Lycoming College established an 
apprenticeship program in 1979 after recog- 
nizing two conditions: the importance of the 
care and prevention of athletic injuries by 
trained professionals, and the career's 
promising growth potential. 

To complete the internship students are 
required to lake the four courses below as 
well as Biology 1 13 & 1 14 and Nursing 220. 
Students also are required to undergo 
practical work under the supervision of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 




Lycoming's certified athletic trainer. Stu- 
dents are officially accepted into the Intern- 
ship program after successful completion of 
the first year of practical work and Athletic 
Training 110. 

Students who finish the Internship 
program become eligible to participate 
in the National Athletic Trainers Association 
(N.A.T.A.) Certification examination to earn 
the status of an N.A.T.A. certified trainer. 
This Internship program also allows the 
passing students to qualify for the State 
examination to become Class B athletic 
trainers under Pennsylvania Act 63 
P.S.S 1310.1. Students interested in this 
program should contact the Physical Educa- 
tion Department. 

Athletic training classes do not count 
toward fulfilling graduation requirements 
except as the physical education requirements 
of two courses. 

110 

BASIC ATHLETIC TRAINING 

Covers the basics in prevention, evalu- 
ation, treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic 
injuries. Two lectures, one lab per week. 
Three credit hours. Prerequisite: CPR 
certification and Basic First Aid certification. 



215 

ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT 

Basic concepts of Kinesiology, the study 
of human movement, and Biomechanics, the 
study of mechanical aspects of human 
movement. Three lectures per week, project. 
Three credit hours. Prerequisite: Biology 
113 & 114. 

310 

ADVANCED ATHLETIC TRAINING 

A more in-depth course in injury evalu- 
ation, rehabilitation, and therapeutic modali- 
ties. Three lectures per week. Three credit 
hours. Prerequisite: A.T. 110. 

410 

EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 

The study of the effects of exercise on the 
human body. Two lectures and one lab per 
week. Three credit hours. Prerequisite: 
Instructor approval. Alternate years. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

101 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Coeducational physical education classes. 
Basic instructions in fundamentals, knowl- 
edge, and appreciation of sports that include 
swimming, tennis, volleyball, archery, 
soccer, golf, badminton, physical fitness, and 
other activities. Backpacking, cross-country 
and alpine skiing, jogging, modem dance, 
and cycling are offered on a contract basis. 
Students may select any activity offered. A 
reasonable degree of proficiency is required 
in the activities. Emphasis is on the potential 
use of activities as recreational and leisure- 
time interests. Two semesters of physical 
education (two hours per week) are required. 
All physical education classes are open to 
men and women. 



1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 




POLITICAL 
SCIENCE 

Professors: Giglio (Acting Chairperson), 

Roskin (On Leave) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Breckinridge 
Part-time Instructor: Wolf 

1 he major is designed to provide a 
systematic understanding of government 
and politics at the international, national, 
state and local levels. Majors are encouraged 
to develop their faculties to make independ- 
ent, objective analyses which can be applied 
to the broad spectrum of the social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into govern- 
ment service, journalism, teaching, or private 
administrative agencies. A political science 
major can provide the base for the study of 
law, or for graduate studies leading to 
administrative work in federal, state, or local 
governments, international organizations, or 



college teaching. Students seeking certifica- 
tion to teach secondary school social studies 
may major in political science but should 
consult their advisors and the education 
department. 

A major consists of eight political science 
courses, including Political Science 116. 
Prospective majors are encouraged to register 
for this course during their freshman year. 
An exemption will be granted only if it 
strengthens the student's program. In addition 
to 1 16, students must take at least one course 
in each of five areas (A to E). Students are 
encouraged, also, to select a minor in another 
department in accordance with their aca- 
demic and career interests and in consultation 
with their departmental advisor. 

For non-majors, the department offers 
three minors: a minor in Political Science 
consists of any four courses numbered 200 or 
above from areas A to E; a minor in Foreign 
Affairs consists of four courses selected from 
Political Science 220, 225, 243, 326, 327, 
438 and 439; and a minor in Legal Studies 
consists of Political Science 331, 335, 436 



LYCOMING COIiEGE 



e 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



and one other course numbered 200 or above. 
Students are encouraged to consult with 
department members on the selection of a 
minor. 

116 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

An introductory course in political science 
that asks how and why people form political 
communities, what holds them together, and 
how political systems may either improve or 
damage themselves. Includes comparison of 
the U.S. with other countries and discussion 
of current political and public-policy issues. 

A. AMERICAN POLITICS 

110 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 
IN THE UNITED STATES 

An introduction to American national 
government which emphasizes both struc- 
tural-functional analysis and policy-making 
processes. In addition to the legislative, 
executive, and judicial branches of govern- 
ment, attention will be given to political 
parties and interest groups, elections and 
voting behavior, and constitutional rights. 
Recommended to all social science-education 
majors and to those students who have had 
inadequate or insufficient preparation in 
American government. 

Ill 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 

An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of 
the states and their subdivisions, together 
with their role in a federal type of 
government. 

223 

AMERICAN PRESIDENCY 

A study of the office and powers of the 
president with analysis of his major roles as 
chief administrator, legislator, political 
leader, foreign policy maker, and com- 



mander-in-chief. Special attention is given to 
those presidents who led the nation boldly. 
Subject to student demand, but ojfered 
at least once during a four-year cycle. 

B. LEGAL STUDIES 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and liberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing or consent of instructor. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to 
the family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, 
and minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing or consent of instructor. 

436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 
An examination of the legal structure and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Cross-listed as Mass Communi- 
cation 331. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
standing or consent of instructor. 

C. APPLIED POLITICS 

244 

THE POLITICAL FILM 

The great and enduring political questions 
presented in fiction movies, for classroom 
discussion and papers. Course draws from a 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^> 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



library of cinema classics on videotape to 
probe political arrangements, power relation- 
ships, and the legal process. Alternate years. 

333 

BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION 

What is bureaucracy? Why and how do 
bureaucracies arise? What has been the 
political impact of growth of bureaucracy in 
government? These questions, among others, 
will be considered in this examination of 
public bureaucracies. This course is highly 
recommended to students planning to take an 
internship in city or county government 
through the political science department. 
Subject to student demand, but offered at 
least once during a four-year cycle. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and 
practical context and conduct of women in a 
variety of political roles. This course 
considers both elective and nonelective 
activities, and includes analyses of women's 
issues currently on legislative and court 
agendas. Alternate years. 

448 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic 
and methodology of polling. Content 
includes exploration of the processes by 
which people's political opinions are formed, 
the manipulation of public opinion through 
the uses of propaganda, and the American 
response to politics and political issues. 

D. COMPARATIVE 
POLITICS 

220 

EUROPEAN POLITICS 

A study of the political systems of Europe 
with emphasis on comparison and patterns of 
government The course will review politics 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



in Britain, France, Germany, the former 
Soviet republics, and other countries and 
aaempt to find underlying similarities and 
differences. 

326 

POLITICAL CULTURES 

An exploration of the "people" aspects of 
political life in several countries. The way 
people interact with each other and with 
government, what they expect from the 
system, how they acquire their political 
attitudes and styles, and how these contribute 
to the type of government. Alternate years. 

438 

POLITICS OF DEVELOPING AREAS 

The causes and possible cures for socio- 
political backwardness in Asia, Africa, and 
Latin America. Alternate years. 

E. INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS 

225 

WORLD POLITICS 

Why is there war? An introduction to 
international relations with emphasis on the 
varieties of conflicts which may grow 
into war. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, 
how the United States got involved, the 
military lessons, and the war's impact on 
U.S. society, politics, and economy. Alter- 
nate years. 

327 

CRISIS AREAS IN WORLD POLITICS 
The study of several current areas of 
international tension and conflict, including 
relations among the United States, the former 
Soviet republics, and China, plus the Middle 
East and whatever new danger spots arise 
overtime. Alternate years. 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY . PSYCHOLOGY 




439 

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

The U.S. role in ihe world in geographic, 
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 

F. SPECIAL PROGRAMS 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS (See index) 

Students may receive academic credit for 
serving as interns in structured learning 
situations with a wide variety of public and 
private agencies and organizations. Students 
have served as interns with the Public 
Defender's Office, the Lycoming County 
Court Administrator, and the Williamsport 
City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal — while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor: Hancock 
Associate Professors: Berthold 

(Chairperson), Ryan 
Assistant Professor: Balleweg 
Part-time Instructors: Dowell, Haddon, Kafer 

1 he major provides training in both 
theoretical and applied psychology. It is 
designed to meet the needs of students 
seeking careers in psychology or other 
natural or social sciences. It also meets the 
needs of students seeking a better understand- 
ing of human behavior as a means of further- 
ing individual and career goals in other areas. 
Psychology majors and others are urged to 
discuss course selections in psychology with 
members of the department to help insure 
appropriate course selection. 

A major consists of 32 semester hours in 
psychology, including Psychology 110, 336, 
431, and 432. Statistics also is required. 

Minor 

A minor in Psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including 
Psychology 1 10 and four other psychology 
courses (three of which must be numbered 
200 or above) which must be approved by the 
department. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or applied 
topic in psychology. Different topics will be 
explored different semesters. Potential topics 
include the psychology of disasters, applied 
behavioral psychology, and organizational 
psychology. The course is open to elemen- 
tary and advanced undergraduates. No 
Prerequisites. One-half unit of credit. May 
be repeated once for credit with departmental 
permission. May not be used to satisfy 
distribution or major requirements. 



e 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, personal- 
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition, 
and developmental. 

112 

GROUP PROCESSES AND 
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 
An introduction to research and theories 
on small group formation, structure, and 
performance. Topics include group commu- 
nication, conformity, leadership, conflict, and 
decision-making. Emphasis will be placed 
upon applying principles of group dynamics 
to different types of groups. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110 or consent of instructor. 
May term only. 

116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, 
and treatment The various models for the 
conceptualization of abnormal behavior 
are critically examined. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110. 

117 

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; current issues raised by as well 
as about the "generation of youth"; research 
findings bearing on theories and issues of 
growth beyond childhood, and self- 
exploration. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 



224 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersonal 
communication and behavior. Topics include 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisites: 
Psychology 110. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 
The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110 or consent of instructor. 

239 

BEHAVIOR MODinCATION 

A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 
application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will 
cover targeting behavior, base-rating, 
intervention strategies, and outcome evalu- 
ation. Learning-based modification tech- 
niques such as contingency management, 
counter-conditioning, extinction, discrimina- 
tion training, aversive conditioning, and 
negative practice will be examined. Pre- 
requisite: Psychology 110 or consent of 
instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT 

PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT 

A study of psychological theories and 
research on coping with normal developmen- 
tal changes and common problems of adult- 
hood. Focus will be upon adult transitions, 
stress management, intimate relationships, 
sexuality, parenting skills, and work adjust- 
ment. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 



333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
psychologist's method of approach to the 
understanding of behavior as well as the set 
of principles that relate the function and 
organization of the nervous system to the 
phenomena of behavior. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110 or consent of instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 
Psychometric methods and theory, 
including scale transformation, norms, 
standardization, validation procedures, and 
estimation of reliability. Prerequisites: 
Psychology 110 and statistics. 

335 

HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The growth of scientific psychology and 
the theories and systems that have accompa- 
nied its development. Prerequisite: Four 
courses in psychology. 

336 

PERSONALITY THEORY 

A review of the major theories of person- 
ality development and personality function- 
ing. In addition to covering the details of 
each theory, the implications and applications 
of each theory will be considered. 
Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 

337 
COGNITION 

An investigation of human mental 
processes along the two major dimensions: 
directed and undirected thought. Topic areas 
include recognition, attention, conceptualiza- 
tion, problem-solving, fantasy, language, 
dreaming, and creativity. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110. 



338 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid- 
ered may include educational objectives, 
pupil and teacher characteristics, concept 
learning, problem-solving and creativity, 
attitudes and values, motivation, retention 
and transfer, evaluation and measurement. 
Prerequisite: Psychology 110 or consent of 
instructor. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender 
differences. The major theories and basic 
research on gender differences will be 
covered. Special topics include sex differ- 
ences in achievement, jx)wer, and communi- 
cation; sex -role stereotypes; beliefs about 
masculinity and femininity; and gender 
influences on mental health. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110. 

431 

LEARNING EXPERIMENTAL 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Learning processes. The examination of 
the basic methods and principles of animal 
and human learning. Prerequisite: Psychol- 
ogy 110 and statistics. 

432 

SENSORY EXPERIMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The examination of psychophysical 
methodology and basic neurophysiological 
methods as they are applied to the under- 
standing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: 
Psychology 110 and statistics. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off -campus experience in a commu- 
nity setting offering psychological services. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY • REUGION 



supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. Psychology 448 covers the basic 
counseling skills, while Psychology 449 
covers the major theoretical approaches 
to counseling. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalau- 
reate objectives in particular. Students have, 
for example, worked in prisons, public and 
private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas 
for which courses are not offered. In addi- 
tion, students have an opportunity to study a 
topic in more depth than is possible in the 
regular classroom situation. Studies in the 
past have included child abuse, counseling of 
hospital patients, and research in the psychol- 
ogy of natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the hterature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 




RELIGION 



Professors: Guerra (Chairperson), Hughes 
Assistant Professor: Van Voorst 

A major consists of 10 courses, includ- 
ing Religion 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least 
seven courses must be taken in the depart- 
ment. The following courses may be counted 
toward fulfilling the major requirements: 
Greek 221 and 222, Hebrew 221 and 222, 
History 340 and 416, Philosophy 332, and 
Sociology 333. 

A minor in Religion consists of one course 
from Religion 1 10, 1 13, 1 14 and four religion 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of Greek 
221, 222 and Hebrew 221 and 222. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



REUGION 



110 

INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 

Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be reli- 
gious. Some of the issues are the definition 
of religion, the meaning of symbolism, 
concepts of God, ecstatic phenomena. 
Specific attention will be devoted to the 
current problem of cults and religious liberty. 

113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew- Jewish commu- 
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduc- 
tion to the history of interpretation with an 
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament 
criticism and theology. 

114 

NEW TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting to show the faith 
and religious life of the Christian community 
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
the history of interpretation with an emphasis 
on contemporary New Testament criticism 
and theology. 

119 

RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE 

An examination of the interaction of 
religion and culture in a historical perspec- 
tive followed by a direct analysis of the 
ethical and religious issues raised by contem- 
porary American popular culture. Readings 
include artistic and social-scientific as well 
as ethical and religious approaches to popular 
culture. 

120 

DEATH AND DYING 

A study of death from personal, social and 
universal standpoints with emphasis upon 



what the dying may teach the living. Princi- 
pal issues are the stages of dying, bereave- 
ment, suicide, funeral conduct, and the 
religious doctrines of death and immortality. 
Course includes, as optional, practical 
projects with terminal patients under profes- 
sional supervision. Only one course from the 
combination 120-121 may be used for 
distribution. 

121 

AFTER DEATH AND DYING 

An examination of the question of life 
after death in terms of contemporary clinical 
studies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarna- 
tion, and the classical theological beliefs of 
providence and predestination. Religion 120 
is recommended but not required. Only one 
course from the combination 120-121 may be 
used for distribution. 

Ill 

PROTESTANTISM IN 
THE MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 17th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself. 

223 

THE BACKGROUNDS OF CHRISTIANITY 

A study of the historical, cultural, and 
religious background of the formation of 
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian 
belief and practice in post-exilic Judaism and 
in Hellenism. 

224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^fl 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



REUGION 



attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 
are normative in matters of faith, practice, 
and organization. Also, a review of their 
contributions to the spiritual heritage of 
mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL RELIGION 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese 
Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East- West dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the 
Biblical literature originated with special 
attention given to archaeological results that 
throw light on the clarification of the Biblical 
text. Also, an introduction to basic archaeo- 
logical method and a study in depth of 
several representative excavations along with 
the artifacts and material culture recovered 
from different historical periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology 
of the church from the close of the New 
Testament to the fifth century. Special 
attention will be given to the struggles of the 
church with heretical movements, the 
controversies concerning the person and 
nature of Christ, and the encounter of the 
church with the Roman Empire. 

228 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



to Alexander the Great Careful attention 
will be given to the religious views prevalent 
in the ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solu- 
tions will be sought to questions such as: 
What does it feel like to be religious or to 
have a religious experience? What is the 
religious function in human development? 
How does one think psychologically about 
theological problems? 

331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normative 
perspective for contemporary moral problems 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law 
and religion, decision making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of 
society in a planetary civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

An examination of the approach of 
religion and other disciplines to an issue of 
current concern; current topics include the 
theological significance of law, the ethics of 
love, and the Holocaust. The course may be 
repeated for credit if the topic is different 
from one previously studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics 
related to the Old and New Testaments. 
Topics include prophecy, wisdom literature, 
the Dead Sea Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



REUGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM 



Pauline theology, Judaism and Christian 
origins, redaction criticism - the way the 
Synoptic Gospels and John give final form to 
their message. Course will vary from year to 
year and may be taken for credit a second 
time if the topic is different form one previ- 
ously studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES 

A study of the theological significance of 
some contemporary intellectual develop- 
ments in Western culture. The content of this 
course will vary from year to year. Subjects 
studied in recent years include the theological 
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche; 
Christianity and existentialism; theology and 
depth psychology; the religious dimension of 
contemporary literature. 

342 

THE NATURE AND 
MISSION OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as 
"The People of God" with reference to the 
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman 
Catholic traditions. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches under the supervision of the pastor 
and a member of the faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




SCHOLAR PROGRAM 

Associate Professor: Boerckel (Director) 

1 he Lycoming college Scholar 
Program is a special program designed to 
meet the needs and aspirations of highly 
motivated students of superior intellectual 
ability. The Lycoming Scholar satisfies the 
college distribution requirements, generally 
on a more exacting level and with more 
challenging courses than the average student. 
Lycoming Scholars also participate in special 
interdisciplinary seminars and in serious 
independent study culminating in a senior 
project. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar 
held each semester under the direction of the 
Lycommg Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequi- 
site: Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
will be recorded as "A" or "F" . 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year, Lycoming 
Scholars complete independent studies or 
departmental honors projects. These projects 
are presented to scholars and faculty in the 
senior seminar. Non-credit course. Pre- 
requisite: Acceptance into the Lycoming 
Scholar Program. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 




SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 

Associate Professor: Jo 

Assistant Professors: Alexander, Strauser 

1 he Sociology/Anthropology Depart- 
ment offers two tracks in the major. Both 
tracks introduce the students to the funda- 
mental concepts of the discipline, and both 
tracks prepare the student for graduate 
school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence 1 10, 1 14, 229, 444, 
and 447 and three other course within the 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



department with the exception of 115, 222, 

223, 225, 440, and 443. Religion 226 may 
also be counted toward the major. 

Track n - Human Services in a Socio- 
Cultural Perspective requires: Sociology- 
Anthropology 1 10, 222, 229, 443, 444, and 
447. In addition, students must select two 
courses from among the following: Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology 220, 221, 227, 228, 300, 
334, and 335. Students are also required to 
choose two units from the following courses: 
Psychology 1 10, Psychology 224, Economics 

224, and Political Science 333. Recom- 
mended courses: Accounting 110, Account- 
ing 226, Spanish 1 1 1, Spanish 1 12, History 
126, and Philosophy 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
participate in the internship program. 

Minor 

A minor in Sociology and Anthroix>logy 
consists of Sociology-Anthropology 1 10 and 
four other sociology-anthropology courses 
(three of which must be numbered 220 or 
above) which must be approved by the 
department. Sociology-Anthropology 
courses 1 15, 223, 225, 339, and 440 cannot 
be counted toward this minor. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including 
analysis of stratification, organization of 
groups and institutions, social movements, 
and deviants in social structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of 
anthropology; its subject matter, methodol- 
ogy, and goals. Examination of biological 
and cultural evolution, the fossil evidence for 
human evolution, and questions raised in 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



relation to human evolution. Other topics 
include race, human nature, primate behav- 
ior, and prehistoric cultural development. 

115 

INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM 

An introduction to the role of law enforce- 
ment, courts, and corrections in the admini- 
stration of justice; the historical development 
of police, courts, and corrections; jurisdiction 
and procedures of courts; an introduction to 
the studies, literature, and research in 
criminal justice; careers in criminal justice. 

220 

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY 

The history, structure, and functions of 
modem American family life, emphasizing 
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjust- 
ment, and the changing status of family 
members. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthro- 
pology 110 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

JUVENILE DELINQUENCY 

A multidisciplinary approach to the study 
of the constellation of factors that relate to 
juvenile dehnquency causation, handling the 
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice 
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and 
community responsibility. Prerequisite: 
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate Years. 

Ill 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

The course is designed for students 
interested in learning about, or entering, the 
human services profession. It will review the 
history, the range, and the goals of human 
services together with a survey of various 
strategics and approaches to human prob- 
lems. It will include practical discussions of 
social behavioral differences as they relate to 



stress and conflict in people's lives. Pre- 
requisite: Sociology-Anthropology 110 and/ 
or Psychology 110 or consent of instructor. 

223 

INTRODUCTION TO LAW 

ENFORCEMENT 

Principles, theories, and doctrines of the 
law of crimes, elements in crime, analysis of 
criminal investigation, important case law. 
Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 115 or 
consent of instructor. 

224 

RURAL AND URBAN COMMUNITIES 

The concept of community is treated as it 
operates and affects individual and group 
behavior in rural, suburban, and urban 
settings. Emphasis is placed upon character- 
istic institutions and problems of modem city 
life. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 
110 or consent of instructor. 

225 

INTRODUCTION TO 
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION 

This course is designed for advanced 
criminal justice majors. Emphasis is placed 
on an in-depth study of detection and 
investigation of major crimes. Particular 
attention is placed on the use of 
criminalistics, legal parameters of evidence 
and interrogation, and prosecutory proce- 
dures; Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 
223 or consent of instructor. Will not be 
counted toward the sociology I anthropology 
major. 

116 

SOCIAL MOVEMENTS 

An analysis of the dynamics, structure, 
and reactions to social movements with focus 
on contemporary social movements. Pre- 
requisite: Sociology Anthropology 110 or 
consent of instructor. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



227 

SOCIAL PROBLEMS 

The course examines the causes, charac- 
teristics, and consequences of social prob- 
lems in America from diverse socio-cultural 
perspectives. Topics discussed typically 
include crime, urban crises, family disorgani- 
zation, poverty, race problems, drug abuse, 
and other related issues. Prerequisite: 
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or consent of 
instructor. 

11% 

AGING AND SOCIETY 

Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics 
of the aged as individuals and as members of 
groups. Emphasis is placed upon variables: 
health, housing, socio-economic status, 
personal adjustment, retirement, and social 
participation. Sociological, social psycho- 
logical, and anthropological frames of 
reference utilized in analysis and description 
of aging and its relationship to society, 
culture, and personality, health, housing, 
socio-economic status, personal adjustment, 
retirement, and social participation. Socio- 
logical, social psychological, and anthropo- 
logical frames of reference utilized in analysis 
and description of aging and its relationship 
to society, culture, and personality. 

229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 

An examination of cultural and social 
anthropology designed to familiarize the 
student with the analytical approaches to the 
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy 
of cultural anthropology for an understanding 
of the human condition will be stressed. 
Topics to be covered include the nature of 
primitive societies in contrast to civilizations, 
the concept of culture and cultural relativism, 
the individual and culture, the social pattern- 
ing of behavior and social control, an 
anthropological perspective on the culture of 
the United States. 



300 
CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; condi- 
tions under which criminal laws develop; 
etiology of crime; epidemiology of crime, 
including explanation of statistical distribu- 
tion of criminal behavior in terms of time, 
space, and social location. Prerequisite: 
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or consent of 
instructor. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A sociological examination of the role of 
women in American society through an 
analysis of the social institutions which affect 
their development. Role-analysis theory will 
be applied to the past, present, and future 
experience of women as it relates to the role 
options of society as a whole. Students will 
do an original research project on the role of 
women. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropol- 
ogy 110. 

332 
INSTITUTIONS 

Introduces the student to the sociological 
concept of social institution, the types of 
social institutions to be found in all societies, 
and the interrelationships between the social 
institutions within a society. The course is 
divided into two basic parts: 1 . That aspect 
which deals with the systematic organization 
of society in general, and 2, The concentra- 
tion on a particular social institution: eco- 
nomic, political, educational, or social 
welfare. Prerequisite: Sociology- Anthropol- 
ogy 110 or consent of instructor. 

333 

SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 

An examination of the major theories of 
the relationship of religion to society and a 
survey of sociological studies of religious 
behavior. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthro- 
pology 110 or consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



334 

RACIAL A^fD CULTURAL MINORITIES 

Study of racial, cultural, and national 
groups within the framework of American 
cultural values. An analysis will include 
historical, cultural, and social factors under- 
lying ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips 
and individual reports are part of the require- 
ments for the course. Prerequisite: Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology 110 or consent of 
instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha- 
sis will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 
the concept of self. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor. 

336 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student 
with the wealth of anthropological data on 
the religions and world views developed by 
primitive peoples. The functions of primitive 
religion in regard to the individual, society, 
and various cultural institutions will be 
examined. Subjects to be surveyed include 
myth, witchcraft, vision quests, spirit 
possession, the cultural use of dreams, and 
revitalization movements. Particular empha- 
sis will be given to shamanism, transcultural 
religious experience, and the creation of 
cultural realities through religions. Both a 
social scientific and existential perspective 
will be employed. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor. 



337 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 

AMERICAN INDIANS 

An ethnographic survey of native North 
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such 
as the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, 
Kwakiutl, and Netsilik. Changes in native 
lifeways due to European contacts and United 
States expansion will be considered. Recent 
cultural developments among American 
Indians will be placed in an anthropological 
perspective. 

338 

LEGAL AND POLITICAL 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

The course is designed to familiarize the 
student with the techniques of conflict 
resolution and the utilization of public power 
in primitive society as well as the various 
theories of primitive law and government. 
The rise of the state and an anthroiX)logical 
perspective on modem law and government 
will be included. The concepts of self- 
regulation and social control, legitimacy, 
coercion, and exploitation will be the 
organizing focus. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor. 

339 

THE AMERICAN PRISON SYSTEM 
Nature and history of punishment, 
evolution of the prison and prison methods 
with emphasis on prison community, prison 
architecture, institutional programs, inmate 
rights, and sentences. Review of punishment 
versus treatment, detention facilities, jails, 
reformatories, prison organization and 
administration, custody, and discipline. 
Prerequisite: Sociology- Anthropology 115. 

440 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

A course designed for the advanced 
criminal justice major. While the course 
concerns the study of probation and parole as 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



parts of the criminal justice system and their 
impact on the system as a whole, the primary 
emphasis is the impact on the offender. 
Particular attention is given to diagnostic 
report writing on offenders, pre-sentence 
investigation, offender classification, and 
parole planning. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 115 and 339. 

441 

SOCIAL STRATinCATION 

An analysis of stratification systems with 
specific reference to American society. The 
course will include an analysis of poverty, 
wealth, and power in the United States. 
Particular attention will be given to factors 
which generate and maintain inequality, 
along with the impact of inequality on the 
lives of Americans. Prerequisite: Sociology - 
Anthropology 110 or consent of instructor. 

443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 
HELPING INSTITUTIONS 

The course examines the organizational 
and conceptual context within which human 
services are delivered in contemporary 
society. Subject to be covered include 
ethnographic study of nursing homes, 
prisons, therapeutic communities, mental 
hospitals, and other human service institu- 
tions. The methodology of fieldwork will be 
explored so as to sensitize the student to the 
socio-cultural dimensions of helping environ- 
ments and relationships. Prerequisite: 
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or Sociology- 
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of 
sociological thought from its earliest philo- 
sophical beginnings is treated through 
discussions and reports. Emphasis is placed 
upon sociological thought since the time of 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Comte. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropol- 
ogy 110 or consent of instructor. 

445 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY 

The history of the development of 
anthropological thought from the 18th 
century to the present. Emphasis is placed 
upon anthropological thought since 1850. 
Topics include evolutionism, historical- 
particularism, cultural idealism, cultural 
materialism, functionalism, structuralism, 
and ethnoscience. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS IN 
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 

Study of the research process in sociol- 
ogy-anthropology. Attention is given to the 
process of designing and administering 
research and the application of research. 
Different methodological skills are consid- 
ered, including field work, questionnaire 
construction, and other methods of data 
gathering and the analysis of data. Prerequi- 
site: Sociology-Anthropology 110 and 
Mathematics 103 or consent of instructor. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN SOCIOLOGY 

Introduces the student to a practical work 
exj)erience involving community agencies in 
order to effect a synthesis of the student's 
academic course work and its practical 
applications in a community agency. Specif- 
ics of the course to be worked out in conjunc- 
tion with department, student and agency. 
Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 110 i 
and consent of instructor. * 

470-479 J 

INTERNSHIP (see index) ' 

Interns in sociology-anihroix)logy 
typically work off campus with social service 
agencies under the supervision of administra- 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY •THEATRE 




tors. However, other internship experiences, 
such as with the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum, are available. Interns in criminal 
justice work off-campus in criminal justice 
agencies, such as penal institutions and 
probation and parole departments, under the 
supervision of administrative personnel. 

N80-N89 

INfDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interests 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportu- 
nity to pursue these interest and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



THEATRE 

Professor: R. Falk (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Allen 
Part-time Instructors: Clark, Denton 
Theatre Technician: Downing 

1 he major consists of eight courses: 
Theatre 100 and seven others; a concentra- 
tion in acting, directing, or design is possible. 
In addition to the course requirements, 
majors are expected to participate actively in 
Arena Theatre productions. Majors are urged 
to include courses in art, music, psychology, 
and English, or other areas of special interst. 

Minor 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
department. A minor in Theatre History and 
Literature consists of Theatre 100, 332, 333, 
335, and 400. The following courses are 
required to complete a minor in Performance: 
Theatre 100, 140, 226, 334, 336, and either 
332 or 333. To obtain a minor in Technical 
Theatre, a student must complete Theatre 
100, 148, 228, 338, and 420 or 430. 

The fine arts distribution requirement may 
be satisfied by selecting any two of the 
following recommended courses: Theatre 
100, 1 10, 140, 148, 332, 333 or other courses 
with the consent of the instructor. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

Designed as a comprehensive introduction 
to the aesthetics of theatre. From the 
spectator's point of view, the nature of 
theatre will be explored, including dramatic 
literature and the integral functioning of 
acting, directing and all production aspects. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO FILM 

A basic course in understanding the film 
medium. The class will investigate film 
technique through lectures and by viewing 
regular weekly films chosen from classic, 
contemporary, and experimental short films. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ B> 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
Theatre 136: Theatre 135 or consent of 
instructor. One-half unit of credit each. Not 
open to students who have received credit for 
Music 135-136 or Music 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the 
Ballets de cour of 17th-century France to the 
present with emphasis on the contributions of 
Petipa, Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for Music 137 
or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization from primitive times to the 
present. Prerequisite: Theatre 137 or 
consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
Not open to students who have received 
credit for Music 137 or 138. 

140 

INTRODUCTION TO ACTING 

An introductory study of the actor's 
preparation with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvi- 
sations and scene study. Prerequisite: 
Theatre 100. 

148 

INTRODUCTION TO PLAY PRODUCTION 
Stagecraft and the various other aspects of 
play production are introduced. Through 
material presented in the course and labora- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



tory work on the Arena Theatre stage, the 
student will acquire experience to produce 
theatrical scenery, lighting and costumes. 

226 

INTRODUCTION TO DIRECTING 

An introductory study of the function of 
the director in preparation, rehearsal, and 
performance. Emphasis is placed on devel- 
oping the student's ability to analyze scripts, 
and on the development of the student's 
imagination. Prerequisite: Theatre 140. 

228 

INTRODUCTION TO SCENE 

DESIGN AND STAGECRAFT 

An introduction to the theatre with an 
emphasis on stagecraft. Productions each 
semester serve as the laboratory to provide 
the practical experience necessarv to under- 
stand the material presented in ti.o classroom. 
Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or consent of 
instructor. 

231 

ADVANCED TECHNIQUES 

OF PLAY PRODUCTION 

A detailed consideration of the interre- 
lated problems and techniques of play 
analysis, production styles, and design. 
Offered summer only. 

FUNDAMENTALS OF MAKEUP 

Essentials of stage makeup; straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Prerequisite: Theatre 
148. One-half unit. Alternate years. 

233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design, j 
Three dimensional and prosthetic makeups 
are included, with emphasis on nonrealistic 
and nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: Theatre 
232. One-half unit. Alternate years. 

I 1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 
Studies of the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz 
and modern dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for Theatre 235: Theatre 
136 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
Theatre 236: Theatre 235 or consent of 
instructor. One-half unit of credit each. Not 
open to students who have received credit for 
Music 135-136 or Music 235-236. 

332 

HISTORY OF THEATRE I 

A detailed study of the development of 
theatre from the Greeks to the Restoration. 
Alternate years. 

333 

HISTORY OF THEATRE II 

The history of the theatre from 1660. 
Alternate years. 

334 

INTERMEDIATE STUDIO: ACTING 
Instruction and practice in character 
analysis and projection with emphasis on 
vocal and body techniques. Prerequisite: 
Theatre 140. 

335 

THEORIES OF THE MODERN THEATRE 

An advanced course exploring the 
philosophical roots of the modern theatre 
from the birth of realism to the present and 
the influences on modem theatre practice. 
Selected readings from Nietzsche, Marx, 
Jung, Freud, Whitehead, Kierkegaard, Sartre, 
Camus, Antoine, Copeau, Stanislavski, Shaw, 
Meyerhold, Artaud, Brecht, Brook, Grotow- 
ski. Alternate years. 

336 

INTERMEDIATE STUDIO: DIRECTING 

Emphasis is placed on the student's 
ability to function in preparation and re- 



hearsal. Practical experience involves the 
directing of two one-act plays from the 
contemporary theatre. Prerequisite: Theatre 
226. 

337 

PLAYWRITING AND 
DRAMATIC CRITICISM 

An investigation of the techniques of 
playwriting with an emphasis on creative 
writing, culminating in a written one-act 
play, plus an historical survey of dramatic 
criticism from Aristotle to the present with 
emphasis upon developing the student's 
ability to write reviews and criticism of 
theatrical productions and films. Alternate 
years. 

338 

INTERMEDIATE STUDIO: 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design 
with emphasis on their practical application 
to the theatre. Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or 
consent of instructor. 

400 

MASTERS OF WORLD DRAMA 

An intensive and detailed analysis of the 
plays and related works, including criticism 
of great authors, that have shaped world 
theatre. Authors to be selected on the basis 
of interest of students and faculty. At times, 
more than one author will be treated in a 
term. Ibsen, Brecht, Moliere, Williams, 
Albee. Alternate years. May be accepted 
toward English major with consent of English 
Department. 

420 

ADVANCED STUDIO: 

COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production, and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the design of a 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



production. Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or 
consent of instructor. 

430 

ADVANCED STUDIO: 
PROPERTIES DESIGN 

The theory of properties design for the 
stage, including the production of specific 
properties for staging use. Elements of 
design, fabrication, and the construction of 
properties employing a variety of materials 
and the application of new theatrical technol- 
ogy. Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or consent of 
instructor. 

440 

ADVANCED STUDIO: ACTING 

Preparation of monologues and two- 
character scenes, contemporary and classical. 
The student will appear in major campus 
productions. Prerequisite: Theatre 334. 
446 
ADVANCED STUDIO: DIRECTING 

Emphasis will be placed on the student's 
ability to produce a major three-act play from 
the script to the stage for public performance. 
Prerequisite: Theatre 336. 

448 

ADVANCED STUDIO: DESIGN 

Independent work in conceptual and 
practical design. The student will design one 
full production as his major project. Pre- 
requisites: Theatre 228 or 338 and consent 
of instructor. 

470-409 

INTERNSHIP (see index) 

Interns in theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minnea- 
polis, and the New Jersey Shakespeare 
Festival. 



N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (see index) 

Some recent independent studies have 
been the roles of women as characters in 
drama, scene design, and lighting design for 
an Arena production. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (see index) 

A typical study could be the writing and 
production of an original play. 

THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Students may receive academic credit for 
supervised participation in the various 
aspects of technical production, rehearsal, 
and performance of the Theatre Department's 
major presentations in the Arena Theatre. 
Credit for Theatre Practicum is earned on a 
fractional basis. Students may register for 
one-half semester hour course credit for 
active participation in a major production in 
the designated areas of technology and 
performance, limited to one semester hour 
credit per semester and eight semester hours 
over four years. Theatre Practicum credit 
may not be used to satisfy distribution 
requirements in Fine Arts. Students may not 
register for Theatre Practicum while taking 
Theatre 100 (Introduction to Theatre) or 
Theatre 148 (Play Production) without 
permission of the instructor. When schedul- 
ing, students should register for Theater 
Practicum in addition to the normal four 
academic courses. Because students may not 
be cast or assigned duties in time to meet the 
drop/add deadline, late registration for 
Theatre 160 (Technical Theatre) and 161 
(Rehearsal and Performance) will be permit- 
ted without penalty. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ffi 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE • WOMEN'S STUDIES 




160 

TECHMCAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Participation in a major production of the 
Arena Theatre in one of more of the follow- 
ing technical areas: scene construction, 
scene painting, lighting, sound, properties, 
costume, make-up. A minimum of 50 hours 
is required. May be repeated for credit. 
One- half credit hour. Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. 

161 

REHEARSAL AND 
PERFORMANCE PRACTICUM 

Participation in a major production of the 
Arena Theatre in one or more of the follow- 
ing rehearsal and j)erformance areas: acting 
in a major or minor role, stage manager, 
director, assistant director, choreographer. A 
minimum of 50 hours is required. May be 
repeated for credit. One-half hour credit. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 



WOMEN'S STUDIES 

Professor: Jensen (Coordinator) 

Although a major in Women's Studies is 
available only under the policies regarding 
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (see 
p.32), an established minor in women's 
studies is provided. Courses required for the 
minor are: 

History 310: Women in History 
English 334: Women and Literature 
Psychology 341: Psychology of Women 
Art 339: Women in Art 

With the approval of the coordinator, one 
of the four courses may be satisfied with 
Political Science 347: Women in Politics, 
with an appropriate special course, or with an 
independent studies project. To receive 
credit for a minor in women's studies, a 
student must maintain at least a 2.0 average 
in courses taken for that minor. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ff 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE DIRECTORY 



DIRECTORY 




Board of TVustees 
Officers 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman 

Robert E. Hancox '65 

Vice Chairman 

John C. Shultz 

Secretary 

Ann S. Pepperman 

Assistant Secretary 



Emeriti TVustees 

Samuel H. Evert, '34, LL.D. 
Paul G. Gilmore, Litt.D. 
Kenneth E. Himes 

W. Gibbs McKenney, LL.D., L.H.D. 

Chairman Emeritus 
Fred A. Pennington, LL.D. 
Chairman Emeritus 
William Pickelner 
Marguerite G. Rich 

Harold H. Shreckengast, Jr. '50 

Chairman Emeritus 

George L. Stearns, II 

The Rev. Wallace F. Stettler, H.H.D. 

Nathan W. Stuart '36 



LYCX)MING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE DIRECTORY 



TRUSTEES 

Term expires 1993 

Elected 

1987 Leo Calistri '59 

(Alumni Representative) 

1987 Robert E. Hancox '65 

1978 Harold D. Hershberger, Jr. '51 

1987 K. Alan Himes '59 

1989 Kenrick R. Khan '57 
1991 Rosanna R. Lowry '72 

1984 D. Stephen Martz '64 

1985 Robert L. Shangraw '58 

1972 Harold H. Shreckengast, Jr., '50 

1990 Michael A. Warehime '64 

1990 Phyllis L. Yasui 

Term expires 1994 

Elected 

1979 David Y. Brouse '47 

1988 David B. Lee '61 

1982 Margaret D. L'Heureux 

1973 Robert G. Little, '63 

1991 George A. Nichols '59 

(Alumni Representa) 

1988 Ann S. Pepperman 

1988 Theodore H. Reich 

1988 John C. Schultz 

1988 J. Richard Stamm '76 

1988 Jeanne K. Twigg '74 

1992-93 ACADENOC CATALOG I 




^ff 



Term expires 1995 

Elected 

1986 Harold D. Chapman 
1980 Richard W. DeWald '61 
1992 James E. Douthat 

1987 Donald E. Failor '68 

(Alumni Representative) 

1989 Paul R. John 

1 99 1 The Rev. Bishop Felton E. May 
1989 V. Jud Rogers 

1972 Donald E. Shearer, '59 
1983 Hon. Clinton W. Smith '55 

1992 Alvin M. Younger '71 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Administrative Staff 




James E. Douthat (1989) 

President 

A£., The College of William and Mary 

M.Div., Duke University 

EdD., Duke University 

Daniel G. Fultz (1989) 

Treasurer 

A£., Lycoming College 

M.BA., Bucknell University 

M. Ben Hogan (1992) 

Dean of Student Services 

BA., St. Francis College 

M.S., University of Southern Maine 

Ed J)., Vanderbilt University 

Anne Harris Katz (1991) 

Dean of the College 

B.S., Ur sinus College 

M.S., PhD., University of Massachusetts 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



J. Barton Meyer (1984) 

Vice President for Development 
BA., Ohio Northern University 
M.S., University of Dayton 

James D. Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
BA., Concordia College 

Diane Michalik-Bonner (1990) 

College Counselor 

BA., Rutgers University 

M.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University 

Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Director of Planned Giving 

B.S., Lycoming College 

BD., United Theological Seminary 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Molly Costello (1991) 

Director of College Relations 
AB., Mount Holyoke College 
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts 
University 

Robert L. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
A3., Lycoming College 

Melissa E. Evans (1991) 

Admissions Counselor 

B A., Randolph-Macon College 

Jerry S. Falco (1990) 

Director of Student Activities 

B.S., Westminister College 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Robert F. Falk (1970) 

Theatre 

Associate Dean of the College 

A£., Drew University 

BD., Drew Theological School 

M.A., Wayne State University 

Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Frank L. Girardi (1984) 

Director of Athletics 

B.S., West Chester State College 

Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Daniel J. Hartsock (1981) 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 

Coordinator of Advising 

BA., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Alice N. Heaps (1986) 
Associate Director of Admissions 
B.S., Shippensburg University 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Mary Beth Heim (1990) 
Admissions Counselor 
BA.. Earlham College 

Thomas J. Henninger (1966) 
Director of Computer Services 
B.S., Wake Forest College 
M.A., University of Kansas 

J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

BA., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 

Kelly M. Keiser (1990) 

Admissions Counselor 
AM., Lycoming College 

John J. Killian (1990) 

Admissions Counselor 
A£., Lycoming College 

Wayne E. Kinley (1990) 

Controller 

A£., Lycoming College 

James S. Lakis (1990) 

Director of Financial Aid 
BA., Temple University 

Therese A. Logue (1991) 

Admissions Counselor 
BA., Dickinson College 

John D. Ludway (1991) 

Catholic Campus Minister 
B.S., Kent State University 

Christina E. MacGill (1985) 
Director of Career Management Services 
A£., Lycoming College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

David J. Martin (1990) 

Superintendent of Buildings & Grounds 
B.S., Huntington College 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 




H. Karen Ransdorf (1990) 

Campus Store Manager 

Nancy A. Robinson (1990) 

Accountant 

AA.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

William C. Sherwood (1990) 

Business Manager 

B.S., Lycoming College 

M.BA., Michigan State University 

Phyllis J. Sieber (1989) 

Director of Residence Life 
BA., University of Delaware 
MA., Trenton State College 

Carolyn M. Slezak (1991) 
Admissions Counselor 
BA., Clarion University 



Randall T. Suffolk (1991) 

Coordinator of Residence Life 
BA., Connecticut College 
M.A., Columbia University 

Catherine E. Troelstra (1991) 

Assistant Director of the Annual Fund 
B.S., The Johns Hopkins University 

Robin E. Tuttle (1991) 

Assistant Instructional Services Librarian 
Adjunct Assistant Professor, Library 
BA. Hamilton College 
M.S.S., The University of Albany 

Jeanne A. Wagner (1990) 

Registrar 

B.S., Syracuse University 

Laurence C. Wilcox (1987) 

Director of Safety and Security 

Penn State Police Academy 

Institute of Applied Science, Syracuse, NY 

Mary B. Wolf (1985) 

Political Science 
Assistant Dean of Freshmen 
BA., St. Mary's College 
M.PA., University of Michigan 

Ralph E. Zeigler, Jr. (1980) 

Director of development for Annual Support 

A£., Lycoming College 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Gail M. Zimmerman (1984) 
Director of Research and Records 
B.S., SUNY at Cortland 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



FACULTY 



Professors 

Robert B. Angstadt (1967) 

Biology 

B.S., Ur sinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Jon R. Bogle (1976) 

Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art; 

Temple University 

Jack D. Diehl, Jr. (1971)** 

Biology 

B.S., MA., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Robert F. Falk (1970) 

Theatre 

Marshal of the College 

BA., B.D., Drew University 

MA., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

David A. Franz (1970) 

Chemistry 

Marshall of the College 

AB., Princeton University 

M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 

PhD., University of Virginia 

Ernest D. Giglio (1972) 
Political Science 
BA., Queens College 
M.A..SUNY at Albany 
PhD., Syracuse University 

Eduardo Guerra (1960) 

Religion 

BD., Southern Methodist University 

S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 



John G. Hancock (1967) 

Psychology 

B.S., M.S., Bucknell University 

PhD., The Pennsylvania State University 

Richard A. Hughes (1970)** 
M.B. Rich Chair in Religion 
BA., University of Indianapolis 
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University 

Emily R. Jensen (1969) 

English 

BA., Jamestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

PhD., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert H. Larson (1969) 

History 

BA.,The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Roger W. Opdahl (1963) 

Economics 

AM., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

History 

AB., Lafayette College 
BD., Yale University 
PhD., Duke University 

David Rife (1970) 

English 

BA., University of Florida 

M.A., PhD., Southern Illinois University 

Michael G. Roskin (1972)**** 
Political Science 

AM., University of California at Berkeley 
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles 
PhD., The American University 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Roger D. Shipley (1967) 

Art 

BA., Otter be in College 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971)** 

Philosophy 

BA., University of Notre Dame 

PhD., University of Texas at Austin 

Stanley T. Wilk (1973) 

Anthropology 

BA., Hunter College 

PhD., University of Pittsburgh 



Associate Professors 

Jerry D. Allen (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A.. M.F.A., Utah State University 

Susan K. Beidler (1975) 

Collection Management Services Librarian 

BA., University of Delaware 

M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 

Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) 

Psychology 

BA., Franklin and Marshall College 

M.A., University of Iowa 

PhD., University of Massachusetts 

Gary M. Boerckel (1979) 

Music 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 

BA.,B.M., Oberlin College 

M.M., Ohio University 

D.M.A., University of Iowa 

Clarence W. Burch (1962) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Richard R. Erickson (1973) 
Astronomy and Physics 
BA., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



Edward G. Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

BA., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Stephen R. Griffith (1970) 

Philosophy 

A3., Cornell University 

M.A., PhD., University of Pittsburgh 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematics 

BA., Acadia University 

M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 

Habil., Universitat Mannheim 

Bruce M. Hurlbert (1982) 
Director of Library Services 
BA.,The Citadel 
M.S.L.S., Florida State University 

Moon H. Jo (1975) 

Sociology 

BA., Valparaiso University 

M.A., Howard University 

PhD., New York University 

Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979) 

Accounting 

AS., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting. University of Oklahoma 

C.PA. (Pennsylvania) 

Paul A. Mackenzie (1970) 

German 

AS., A.M.. Ph.D.. Boston University 

Robert J.B. Maples (1969) 

French 

AB., University of Rochester 

PhD., Yale University 



Chriss McDonald (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

PhD., Miami University of Ohio 



^^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Richard J. Morris (1976)** 

History 

BA.. Boston State College 

M.A., Ohio University 

PhD., New York University 

Carole Moses (1982) 

English 

BA., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

PhD., SUNY at Binghamton 

Kathleen D. Pagana (1982) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., University of Maryland 

M.S.N.. Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Doris P. Parrish (1983)* 

Nursing 

B.S.,SUNYatPlattsburgh 
M.S., Russell Sage College 
PhD., University of Texas at Austin 

Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

GeneD. Sprechini (1981) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., PhD., SUNY at Binghamton 

Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) 

Music 

A£., Syracuse University 
B.M., Ithaca College 
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton 
D.M.A., Cornell University 

H. Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

BB.A., Stetson University 

JD., Vanderbilt University 

M.BA., University of Central Florida 



Robert A. Zaccaria (1973) 

Biology 

BA., Bridgewater College 

PhD., University of Virginia 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) 

Biology 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 



Assistant Professors 

Susan Alexander (1991) 

Sociology 

BA., MA., PhD., The American University 

Penelope Austin (1988) 

English 

A£., University of Michigan 

MA., University of Missouri-Columbia 

PhD., University of Utah 

Bernard J. Balleweg (1985) 

Psychology 

B.S., Colorado State University 

M.A., PhD., University of Montana 

Henry E. Berkheimer (1988) 

Chemistry 

AM., Dickinson College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

PhD., The Pennsylvania State University 

Steven Bidlake (1988) 

English 

BA.. Western Washington University 

M.A., University of Oregon 

PhD., University of Washington 

Barbara F. Buedel (1989) 

Spanish 

BA., University of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil, Ph.D., Yale University 

John H. Conrad (1959) 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Education 

B.S.. Mansfield State College 

M.A., New York University 

Santusht S. DeSilva (1983) 

Mathematics 

B.Sc, University of Sri Lanka 

M.A.. PhD., University of Pittsburgh 

Michelle S. Ficca (1985)** 

Nursing 

B.S., Stroudsburg State University 

M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

David Fisher (1984) 

Physics 

B.S., The Pennsylvania University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Amy Golahny (1985)* 

Art 

BA., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil., and PhD., Columbia University 

Bahrain Golshan (1989) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran 

M.S., Kent State University 

PhD., The Pennsylvania State University 

Gary Hafer 

English 

BA., MA., Kutztown University of Pennsylvania 

PhD., Purdue University 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) 

English 

BA., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton 

Thomas J. Henninger (1966) 

Director of Computer Services; Mathematics 
B.S., Wake Forest College 
M.A., University of Kansas 



Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

BA., Wake Forest College 

Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

AA., Cayuga County Community College 

B.S., SUNY at Pittsburgh 

EdD., University of Massachusetts! Amherst 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) 

Instructional Services Librarian 
BA., M.A., University of Denver 

Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) 

Economics 

B.S., University of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University of Idaho 

PhD., Washington State University 

Bradley Nason (1983) 
Mass Communication 
A£., Lycoming College 
M.A., The American University 

Michael R. Smith (1989) 

Mass Communication 

BA., University of Maryland 

M.S., Shippensburg University 

Arthur Sterngold (1988) 

Business Administration 

BA., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

PhD. The Pennsylvania State University 

Larry R. Strauser (1973) 

Sociology 

A£., Lycoming College 

M.P.A., University of Arizona 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^h 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Robert E. Van Voorst (1989) 

Religion 

BA., Hope College 

M.Div., Western Theological Seminary 

S.T.M., Ph.D.. Union Theological Seminary 

Richard Weida (1987) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Muhlenberg College 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Budd F. Whitehill (1957) 

Physical Education 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982) 

Accounting 

A£., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Long Island University 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York) 

Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Mass Communication 

BA., Emory University 

M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

M.Div., Yale Divinity School 

David H. Wolfe (1989) 

Physics 

B.S., Lock Haven State College 

M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., Kent State University 

Troy A. Wolfskin (1989) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Albright College 

PhD., University of Virginia 

Peiyuan Van (1989) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., E. China Inst, of Tech. 

M.S., PhD., The Pennsylvania State University 

*On Sabbatical Fall Semester 1992 
**On Sabbatical Spring Semester 1993 
***0n Sabbaucal Spring & Fall 1992-1993 
****On Leave 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Instructors 

Pamela Z. DUI (1990) 

Nursing 

B.SJ^., M.SJ^., University of Pennsylvania 

Margaret Gray-Vickrey (1986) 

Nursing 

B.SM., SUNY at Plattsburgh 

M.S., Northern Illinois University 

Edward Henninger (1988) 
Business Administration 
B.S., Shippensburg University 
M.B.A., Shippensburg University 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Diane C. Janda (1988) 

Music 

B.M., University of Texas at Austin 

M.M., University of Cincinnati, 

College-Conservatory of Music 

Magda T. Vergara 

Spanish 

B.S., Yale University 

MA., New York University 

Part Time Faculty & 
Special Appointments 

Rhonda L. Bird, R.D. (1986) 

Nursing 

BA., Indiana University 

Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 
Music and Theatre 

Richard S. Coulter (1990) 

Music 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University 

Roger Davis (1984) 

Mathematics 

B.S.Ed., Clarion State College 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 



TO^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Amy C. Falk (1991) 

Foreign Languages 
A£., Lycoming College 

Sherril D. Ingram (1991) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh; 

M.S.N., University of Virginia 

Don M. Larrabee H (1972) 
Buisness Law 

AJB., Franklin and Marshall College 
LLS., Fordham University 

James Logue (1976) 

English 

A£., M.S., Bucknell University 

Gerald M. McKeegan 

Nursing 

B.S., Philadelphia College of 

Pharmacy and Science 

Linda Potter (1990) 

Nursing 

B.SJN., Lycoming College 

Thomas M. Shivetts (1986) 

Education 

B.S., Lycoming College; 

M.S. Ed., Bucknell University 

Gary Steele (1988) 

Music 

B.M., Juilliard School; 

M.M., Eastman School of Music 

Steve Uzupis (1989) 

Accounting 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; 
M.S., University of Houston; 
C.PA., Texas 

Elliott Weiss (1989) 

Accounting 

BA., City College of New York; 

JD, University of Syracuse; 

Masters in Taxation, New York University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Applied Music Teachers 

Diana L. Bailey (1986) 

Saxophone 

B.S., Susquehanna University 

David J. Borsheim (1991) 

French Horn 

BA., M.A., St. Thomas College 
M.M., University of Cincinnati, College- 
Conservatory of Music 

Richard W. Campbell (1991) 

Bassoon 

B.M., Eastman School of Music 

William G. Degillio (1991) 

Guitar 

BA., University ofScranton 

B.M., Marywood College 

M.M., University of Southern California 

Judith D. Gallup (1991) 

Clarinet 

B.S., Mansfield University 

Jean Grube (1990) 

Voice 

B.M., Susquehanna University 

Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ and Piano 

A£., Westminster Choir College; 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

David G. Lassiter (1991) 

Violin 

B.M., Chapman College 

M.M.E., Florida State University 

Robert Leidhecker (1989) 

Percussion 

B.M., Mansfield University 

Yvonne Mitchell (1991) 

Piano 

BA., Lycoming College 



e 



1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Grace K.Muzzo (1991) 

Piano 

B.M.E., Gordon College 

M.M.E., Westminster Choir College 

Albert Nacinovich (1972) 

Brass 

BA., in Music Education, Mansfield University; 

M.S., in Music Education, Ithaca College 

Mary Russell (1936) 

Music 

B.S., Susquehanna University 

Conservatory of Music; 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Marcus Smolensky (1990) 

Viola 

B.M., Eastman School of Music; 

M.M.. Cleveland Institute of Music 

Judith A. White 

Voice 

B.Mus., Susquehanna University 

Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Galal Amed, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Divine Providence Hospital 
Williamsport.PA 17701 

Vivian Anagnoste, M.D. 

Medical Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program 
Rolling Hill Hospital 
Elldns Park, PA 19117 

Brook Barrie (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson Atelier Technical 

Institute of Sculpture 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington.PA 19001 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Gerald R. Fahs, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster. PA 17603 

Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 
Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster. PA 17603 

Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program 
Rolling Hill Hospital 
Elldns Park. PA 19117 

Barbara Kravitz, B.S., MT (ASCP) 
Education Coordinator, Clinical 
Laboratory Science Program 
Rolling Hill Hospital 
Elldns Park, PA 19117 

Jon Lash (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson Atelier Technical 

Institute of Sculpture 

Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 
Program Director, School 
of Medical Technology 
Divine Providence Hospital 
Williamsport,PA 17701 

Andrzej Pitynski (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson Atelier Technical 

Institute of Sculpture 

Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School 
of Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington.PA 19001 



^h 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Herk Van Tongeren (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson Atelier Technical 

Institute of Sculpture 

Medical Staff 

Robert S. Yasui, M.D. 

College Surgeon 

MD., Temple University 



Emeriti 

John P. Graham 

Professor Emeritus of English 

BA., Dickinson College 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Harold W. Hayden 

Librarian Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of 

Library Services 

AB., Nebraska State Teachers College 

B.S., University of Illinois 

MA. in L.S., University of Pennsylvania 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business 

Administration 

B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

James K. Hummer 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
BJ^.S., Tufts University 
M.S., Middlebury College 
PhD., University of North Carolina 

M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.S., Ur sinus College 
M.S., Buc knell University 

Walter G. Mclver 

F*rofessor Emeritus of Music 
MusB., Westminster Choir College 
AB., Buc knell University 
M.A., New York University 



Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 
BA., The Pennsylvania State University 
MA., PhD., University of Pittsburgh 

John A. Radspinner 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Richmond 
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University 
C.PA. (Pennsylvania) 

Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus. B.. Susquehanna University 
Conservatory of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Louise R. Schaeffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Education 

AB., Lycoming College 

M.A., Buc knell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

James W. SheafTer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Frances K. Skeath 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

AB., M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of English 

BA., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Helen B. Weidman 

FYofessor Emeritus of Political Science 
A.B., M.A., Bucknell University 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^h 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Athletic Staff 



James Bodner 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 

Michelle Bosch 

Assistant Men's & Women's Track Coach 

Dave Bower 

Assistant Football Coach 

Clarence Burch 

Chairperson, Physical Education 
Head Men's Basketball Coach 

Robert Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 

Rees Daneker 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 

Robert Eaton 

Head Soccer/Golf Coach 

Mike Fiamingo 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

Robert George 

Assistant Football Coach 

Frank Girardi, Jr. 

Assistant Football Coach 

Frank Girardi, Sr. 

Athletic Director, Head Football Coach 

Gene Haupt 

Assistant Football Coach 

Brett Hoffman 

Athletic Trainer 

Men's & Women's Track Coach 

Deborah J. Holmes 

Head Women's Tennis Coach/Intramural 
Program Director 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



James Kramer 

Head Men's/Women's Swimming Coach 
Head Men's/Women's Cross Country Coach 

Joseph Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Terry Mantle 

Assistant Football Coach 

Joseph Mark 

Men's Tennis Coach 

Karen Markey 

Field Hockey Coach 

Dan Muthler 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

James Orr 

Head Women's Basketball Coach 

Deb Phillips 

Secretary & Cheerleading Coach 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 

Budd Whitehill 

Head Wrestling Coach 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Administrative 
Assistants 



Victoria G. Anderton 

Campus Store Assistant 

Patricia R. Barclay 

Communications Officer 

Trudy L. Beachem 

Gift Records Specialist 

Michael J. Beatty 

Patrol Supervisor 

Theresa M. Beatty 

Faculty Secretary, Science Department 

Nathalie R. Beck 

Executive Secretary to President & Vice 
President for Development 

Karen N. Bloom 
Financial Aid Associate 

Elizabeth G. Boyd 

Assistant to President 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Sandra L. Burrows 

Secretary, College Relations 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary, Admissions & Financial 

Deborah A. Caulkins 

Slide Curator & Gallery Coordinator 



George P. Cave 

Mailroom Assistant 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Diana L. Cleveland 

Coordinator of Academic Services 
for Mathematical Sciences 

Richard L. Cowher II 

Printing Services Coordinator 

Elizabeth G. Cowles 

Secretary, Career Development 

June V. Creveling 

Secretary, Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Admissions Data Coordinator 

Richard C. Dingle 

Sub Desk Aide 

Julia E. Dougherty 

Library Technician, Circulation 

David F. Downing 

Theatre Technician 

Gladys M. Engel 

Faculty Secretary, Theatre 

June L. Evans 

Faculty Secretary, Nursing 

Robert W. Faus 

Mailroom Assistant & 
Assistant Press Operator 

Paula M. Fisher 

Assistant Admissions Data Coordinator/ 
Secretary 



^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Raymond J. Hartman II 

Security Officer 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

Esther L. Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

Robert L. Hill 

Library Evening Proctor 

Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary, Education 

David M. Kelchner 

Records and Data Manager 

Gladys E. Knauss 

Sub Desk Aide 

Shelly A. LaForme 

Accounts Payable Clerk 

Richard D. Lane 

Library Evening Proctor 

Gale D. Laubacher 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Donna M. Laughrey 

Campus Store Assistant 

Peggie A. LeFever 

Personnel Coordinator 

Shirley D. Lloyd 

Campus Store Assistant/Clerk 

Carol A. Long 

Assistant, Alumni & Parent Relations 

Nanci A. Long 
Communications Officer 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



John J. Maness 

Security Officer 

Dorothy E. Maples 

Box Office Manager 

D. Maxine McCormick 

Recorder 

Nielin L. Meredith 

Assistant Admissions Data Coordinator 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Yvonne L. Miller 

Computer Programmer/Operator 

Roberta M. Mitteer 

Sub Desk Aide 

Marianne Moser 

Security Officer 

Marilyn Mailings 

Faculty Secretary 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician, AVALL 

Judith E. Noble 

Library Technician, Acquisitions 

Marion R. Nyman 

Bursar/Executive Secretary 
to the Treasurer & Controller 

Martha W. O'Brien 

Assistant to the Registrar 

Carl H. Pederson 

Security Officer 

Rosalie S. Pfaff 

Switchboard Operator/Receptionist 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Deborah E. Phillips 

Secretary, Athletics 

Melissa S. Pinkerton 

Assistant, Freshman Dean & Annual Support 

Karen M. Preamble 

Nursing Skills Lab Instructor 

Elizabeth L. Ruesskamp 

Sub Desk Aide 

Julie Rupert 

Secretary^ Business Manager 

Sherry L. Schaefer 

Secretary, Residence Life 

Fern L. Schon 

Payroll Clerk & Student Loan Coordinator 

Anna L. Seidel 

Alumni Records Clerk 

Richard D. Sheddy 

Communications Officer 

Penny S. Stem 

Microcomputer Lab Monitor 

Patricia L. Strauss-CundifT 

Systems Analyst 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Diane M. Thomas 

Programmer Analyst 

Alan N. Thompson 
Security Officer 

Carole A. Thompson 

Faculty Secretary 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Patricia J. Triaca 

Library Technician, Cataloging 

Donna A. Weaver 

Assistant, Student Activities 

Deborah E. Weaver 

Manager, Residence Halls Operations 

Geraldine H. Wescott 

Library Technician, Periodicals 

Roberta A. Wheeler 

Gift Records Specialist 

Joetta D. Witiak 

Nursing Skills Lab Manager 

Patricia S. Wittig 

Secretary, Campus Ministries 

Melissa C. Wolfe 

Library Technician, ILL 

Pamela E. Wolfskin 

Secretary, Health Services & Counseling 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to 
Dean of Student Services 

Richard J. Wright 

Mailroom Coordinator 

Scott A. Wright 

Security Officer 

Joseph J. Wynne 

Multimedia Assistant 

Cheryl A. Yearick 

Library Technician, Govt. Pub/ILL 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 



1992 -93 Alumni 
Association 
Executive Board 



1 he Alumni Association of Lycoming 
College has a membership of nearly 12,000 
men and women. It is governed by an 
executive board consisting of 24 members-at- 
large, elected through mail ballot by the 
membership of the association. The board 
includes members representing specific 
geographic areas, the senior class president, 
the current student body president, and past 
presidents of the last graduating class and the 
Student Association of Lycoming College. 
The association annually designates one 
alumni representative as a nominee for a 
three-year term on the College Board of 
Trustees. The Director of Alumni and Parent 
Relations directs the activities of the alumni 
office. The Alumni Association has the 
following purpose as stated in its constitu- 
tion: "As an off-campus constituency, the 
association's purpose is to seek ways of 
maintaining an active and mutually beneficial 
relationship between the College and its 
alumni, utilizing their talents, resources and 
counsel to further the objectives and pro- 
grams of Lycoming College." 

All former students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all former students 
who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

Acting as the representative of alumni on 
the campus and working also with under- 
graduates, the alumni office is resfX)nsiblc for 
keeping alumni informed and interested in 
the programs, growth, and activities of the 

1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



College through regular publications mailed 
to all alumni on record. Arrangements for 
Homecoming, class reunions, club meetings, 
and similar activities are coordinated through 
this office. Through the Lycoming College 
Annual Fund, the alumni office is closely 
associated with the development program of 
the College. Communications to the alumni 
association should be addressed to the Office 
of Alumni and Parent Relations. 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 



1992-93 ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION 
EXECUTIVE BOARD 

Term Expires October 1992 

Brenda P. Alston-Mills '67 
Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70 
Elizabeth (Betty) J. Paris (Mrs.) '70 
Barbara N. Price (Dr.) '60 
C. Edward Receski '60 
Larry A. Robbins '81 
Barbara L. Sylk '73 
Ned W. Weller (Rev.) '54 

Term Expires October 1993 

Patricia S. Courtwright (Mrs.) '74 
David T. Franklin 74 
Ronald A. Frick '83 
William S. Kieser '65 
Everett W. Rubendall '70 
Richard A. Russell '37 
Jennifer E. Jeffries '84 
Robin N. Straka (Mrs.) '79 

Term Expires October 1994 

Mark A. GaNung '85 
Mark A. Gibbon '83 
John G. Hollenback '47 
Deborah O'Burg Kmiuci '87 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 




Eleanor Layton Loomis (Mrs.) '60 
Carole-Kay Miller Lundy '63 
Otto L. Sonder, Jr. (Dr.) '46 
Jean R. Alpert Staiman (Mrs.) '47 

Members of the Board 
Serving a One-Year Term 

Student Association of 
Lycoming College (SALC), 
President - Julie Makalche 

SALC Past President - 

Eric Cireff 

'92 Senior Class President - 

Kelly McLaughlin 

'91 Senior Class President - 

Diane E. DeNisco 



d^ 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INDEX 



Index 



Academic Advising 33 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 50 

Academic Honors 50 

Academic Program 27 

Accounting Curriculum 57 

Accounting-Mathematics (EIM) 60 

Admission to Lycoming 13 

Advanced Placement 46 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 45 

Advisory Committees 33 

Health Professions 37 

Legal Professions 38 

Theological Professions 38 

Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 37 

American Studies (EIM) 60 

Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Application Fee and Deposits 17 

Applied Music Requirements 130 

Art Curriculum 62 

Astronomy and Physics Curriculum 69 

Athletics Training 142 

Athletic Staff 177 

Audit 47 

Awards 51 

B.F.A. Degree 27 

Biology Curriculum 75 

Board of Trustees 165 

B.S.N. Degree 28 

Business Administration Curriculum 80 

Campus Facilities 7 

Capitol Semester 44 

Career Development Services 10 

Chemistry Curriculum 84 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 38 

Class Attendance 47 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 46 

Computer Science Curriculum 119 

Conduct, Standards of 12 

Contingency Deposits 18 

Cooperative Programs 34 



Engineering 34 

Environmental Studies 34 

Forestry 34 

Medical Technology 35 

Military Science 37 

Optometry 35 

Podiatric Medicine 36 

Sculpture 36 

Counseling, Personal 10 

Course Credit by Examination 46 

Criminal Justice (EIM) 88 

Degree Programs/Requirements 27 

Departmental Honors 41 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 18 

Distribution Requirements 29 

English 29 

Fine Arts 30 

Foreign Language 29 

History and Social Science 30 

Mathematics 29 

Natural Science 30 

Philosophy 29 

Religion 29 

Economics Curriculum 89 

Education Curriculum 92 

Education Financing Plans 19 

Educational Opportunity Grants 21 

Engineering, Cooperative Program 34 

English Curriculum 96 

English Requirement 29 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 46 

Environmental Studies 34 

Established Interdisciplinary Major (EIM). 32 

Federal Grants and Loans 21-22 

Fees 17 

Financial Aid/Assistance 19 

Fine Arts Requirements 30 

Foreign Language Requirement 29 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 101 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 34 

French Curriculum 102 

German Curriculum 103 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INDEX 



Grading System 47 

Graduation Requirements 27 

Greek Curriculum 105 

Health Professions Careers 37 

Health Services 12 

Hebrew Curriculum 105 

History Curriculum 107 

History Requirements 30 

Honor Societies 50 

Independent Study 42 

Interdisciplinary Majors 32 

Established Majors (EIM) 32 

Individual Majors (IIM) 32 

International Studies 112 

Internship Programs 43 

Johnson Atelier 64 

Legal Professions, Preparation 38 

Literature (EIM) 114 

Loans 22 

London Semester 44 

Major 31 

Admission to 31 

Departmental 31 

Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 32 

Mass Communications (EIM) 114 

Mathematical Sciences 1 19 

Mathematical Requirements 29 

May Term 42 

Medical School, Preparation 37 

Medical Technology 35 

Military Science 126 

Minor 32 

Music Curriculum 127 

National Direct Student Loans (NDSL). . . 22 

Natural Science Requirement 30 

Near East Culture and 

Archaeology (EIM) 132 

Non-degree Students 47 

Nursing 132 

Optometry 35 

Optometry School, Preparation 37 

Osteopathy School, Preparation 37 

Payment of Fees 18 

Philadelphia Semester 44 

Philosophy Curriculum 138 

Philosophy Requirement 29 



Physical Education Curriculum 142 

Physics Curriculum 69 

Placement Services 10 

Podiatric Medicine, 

Cooperative Program 36 

Political Science Curriculum 144 

Psychology Curriculum 147 

Refunds 18 

Registration 46 

Religion Curriculum 150 

Religion Requirement 29 

Repeated Courses 49 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 37 

Residence and Residence Halls 11 

Scholarships/Grants 20 

Scholarships (ROTC) 23 

Scholar Program 38 

Scholar Seminar 153 

Sculpture 64 

Social Science Requirement 30 

Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Spanish Curriculum 105 

Special Facilities & Programs 41 

Independent Study 42 

Internship Program 43 

May Term 42 

Overseas Studies Opportunities 44 

State Grants and Loans 21 

Student Records 55 

Study Abroad 44 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 21 

Theatre Curriculum 159 

Theological Professions, Advising 38 

Unit Course System 45 

United Nations Semester 44 

Veterinary School, Preparation 37 

Washington Semester 44 

Withdrawal from College 47 

Withdrawal of Admissions Application 16 

Women's Studies 163 

Work-Study Grants 22 

Writing Across The Curriculum Program. . . 30 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



e 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Communicating With 
Lycoming College 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Services: 

Some activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services; 
academic support services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 



Director of Alumni and 
Parent Relations: 

Alumni information; parent support 

Director of College Relations: 

Public information; publications; 
sports information; media relations 

All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
WiUiamsport, PA 17701 

The College telephone number 
is (717) 321-4000 



Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(717) 321-4126 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 

Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 

Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances, 
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming 
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex, 
race, religion, handicap, finances, national 
or ethnic origin, or color in the administra- 
tion of any of its policies and programs. 



1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



q Z r 

?J C/5 ^^ 

>? CD 



o o 



a> 



o 

3 



■TS 


^ 








5' 
3 

C/3 


^ 




> 


^l 


Z 
p 

ex 

00 


o 


^^ 




p. 


a 


Org 

tage 




>